Schedule—National Electricity Law
Part 1—Preliminary
1—Citation
This Law may be referred to as the National Electricity Law.
2—Definitions
(1) In this Law—
access determination means a determination of the AER under Part 10;
access dispute has the meaning given by section 2A;
additional advisory functions —AEMO's additional advisory functions are
as set out in section 50B(1);
additional Minister initiated Rules means Rules made under Part 7 Division 2
(other than section 90) by the Minister in right of the Crown of South
Australia administering Part 2 of the National Electricity (South
Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia;
adoptive jurisdiction means (according to context)—
(a) a
participating jurisdiction for which AEMO is authorised to exercise its
additional advisory functions; or
(b) a
participating jurisdiction for which AEMO is authorised to exercise its
declared network functions;
AEMC means the Australian Energy Market Commission established by section 5 of
the Australian Energy Market Commission Establishment Act 2004 of South
Australia;
AEMC initiated Rule means a Rule of the kind referred to in
section 91(2);
AEMO amendments means—
(a) the
amendments to this Law made by the National Electricity (South Australia)
(National Electricity Law—Australian Energy Market Operator) Amendment
Act 2009 ; and
(b) the
amendments to the Rules made by the National Electricity (South Australia)
(National Electricity Rules—Australian Energy Market Operator) Amendment
Rules 2009 ;
AER means the Australian Energy Regulator established by section 44AE of the
Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the Commonwealth;
AER economic regulatory decision means a decision (however described) of the
AER under this Law or the Rules performing or exercising an AER economic
regulatory function or power;
AER economic regulatory function or power means a function or power performed
or exercised by the AER under this Law or the Rules (other than making a rate
of return instrument) that relates to—
(a) the
economic regulation of services provided by—
(i)
a regulated distribution system operator by means of, or
in connection with, a distribution system; or
(ii)
a regulated transmission system operator or AEMO by means
of, or in connection with, a transmission system; or
(b) the
preparation of a network service provider performance report; or
(c) the
making of a transmission determination or distribution determination; or
(d) an
access determination;
Note—
The application of a rate of return instrument under this Law is an AER
economic regulatory function or power. See section 18V(2).
AER market liquidity obligation functions means the functions conferred on the
AER under section 15(1)(eba);
AER trial waiver functions means the functions conferred on the AER under
Part 3 Division 1D;
AER wholesale market monitoring functions —the AER wholesale market
monitoring functions are as set out in section 18C(1);
AER wholesale market reporting functions —the AER wholesale market
reporting functions are as set out in section 18C(2);
annual turnover has the same meaning as in section 2(1) of
Schedule 2 to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the
Commonwealth;
application Act means an Act of a participating jurisdiction that applies, as
a law of that jurisdiction, this Law or any part of this Law;
associate in relation to a person has the same meaning it would have under
Division 2 of Part 1.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 of the Commonwealth
if sections 13, 16(2) and 17 did not form part of that Act;
augmentation of a transmission or distribution system means work to enlarge
the system or to increase its capacity to transmit or distribute electricity;
augmentation connection agreement means an agreement for connecting an
augmentation to a declared shared network;
Australian Energy Market Operator or AEMO means Australian Energy Market
Operator Limited (ACN 072 010 327);
Note—
Before its change of name, AEMO was known as NEMMCO.
CDR data has the same meaning as in the Competition and Consumer
Act 2010 of the Commonwealth;
CDR provisions has the same meaning as in the Competition and Consumer
Act 2010 of the Commonwealth;
changeover date means 1 July 2009 or some other date fixed as the changeover
date by Ministerial Gazette notice;
civil monetary liability means a liability for damages, compensation or any
other monetary amount that can be recovered by way of civil proceedings but
does not include a liability for a civil penalty or an infringement penalty
under this Law or a liability for the costs of a proceeding;
civil penalty —see section 2AB;
civil penalty provision —see section 2AA(1);
conduct provision —see section 2AA(2);
connection service means a connection service within the meaning of the Rules;
constituent components , in relation to a relevant regulatory decision, means
the matters that constitute the elements or components of the relevant
regulatory decision and on which that relevant regulatory decision is based
and includes—
(a)
matters that go to the making of the relevant regulatory decision; and
(b)
decisions made by the AER for the purposes of the relevant regulatory
decision;
Court means—
(a)
where this Law applies as a law of the Commonwealth, the Federal Court;
(b)
where this Law applies as a law of a participating jurisdiction that is a
State or a Territory, the Supreme Court of that jurisdiction;
data holder has the same meaning as in the Competition and Consumer
Act 2010 of the Commonwealth;
derogation means a jurisdictional derogation or participant derogation;
declared network functions —AEMO's declared network functions are as set
out in section 50C(1);
declared power system of an adoptive jurisdiction has the meaning given by the
application Act of that jurisdiction;
declared shared network of an adoptive jurisdiction means the adoptive
jurisdiction's declared transmission system excluding any part of it that is a
connection asset within the meaning of the Rules;
declared transmission system of an adoptive jurisdiction has the meaning given
by the application Act of that jurisdiction and includes any augmentation of
the defined declared transmission system;
declared transmission system operator of an adoptive jurisdiction has the
meaning given by the application Act of that jurisdiction;
designated energy sector means an energy sector designated under
section 56AC of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the
Commonwealth;
direct control network service has the meaning given by section 2B;
Dispute resolution panel means a person or panel of persons appointed under
the Rules to hear and determine a rule dispute;
distribution determination means a determination of the AER under the Rules
that regulates any 1 or more of the following:
(a) the
terms and conditions for the provision of electricity network services that
are the subject of economic regulation under the Rules including the prices an
owner, controller or operator of a distribution system charges or may charge
for those services;
(b) the
revenue an owner, controller or operator of a distribution system earns or may
earn from the provision by that owner, controller or operator of electricity
network services that are the subject of economic regulation under the Rules;
distribution reliability standard means a standard imposed by or under the
Rules or jurisdictional electricity legislation relating to the reliability or
performance of a distribution system;
distribution service standard means a standard relating to the standard of
services provided by a regulated distribution system operator by means of, or
in connection with, a distribution system imposed—
(a) by
or under jurisdictional electricity legislation; or
(b) by
the AER in accordance with the Rules;
distribution system means the apparatus, electric lines, equipment, plant and
buildings used to convey or control the conveyance of electricity that the
Rules specify as, or as forming part of, a distribution system and includes a
regulated stand-alone power system to the extent provided by the Rules;
distribution system safety duty means a duty or requirement under an Act of a
participating jurisdiction, or any instrument made or issued under or for the
purposes of that Act, relating to—
(a) the
safe distribution of electricity in that jurisdiction; or
(b) the
safe operation of a distribution system in that jurisdiction;
draft Rule determination means a determination of the AEMC under
section 99;
ECA amendments means the amendments to this Law made by the Statutes Amendment
(Energy Consumers Australia) Act 2014 of South Australia;
effective competition , for Part 3 Division 1A—see section 18B;
electricity contract , for Part 3 Division 1A—see section 18A;
electricity network service means a service provided by means of, or in
connection with, a transmission system or distribution system;
electricity services means services that are necessary or incidental to the
supply of electricity to consumers of electricity, including—
(a) the
generation of electricity;
(b)
electricity network services;
(c) the
sale of electricity;
end user means a person who acquires electricity for consumption purposes, and
includes a retail customer;
Energy Consumers Australia or ECA means the company incorporated, or to be
incorporated, by the name Energy Consumers Australia Limited;
energy ombudsman has the same meaning as in the National Energy Retail Law;
Energy Security Board means the Board established by the MCE on
14 July 2017 to provide the MCE with advice for the purposes
of—
(a)
whole-of-system oversight for energy security and reliability of the national
electricity market; and
(b)
improving long-term planning for the national electricity market;
Federal Court means the Federal Court of Australia;
final Rule determination means a determination of the AEMC under
section 102;
financial risk management product , for Part 3 Division 1A—see
section 18A;
form of regulation factors has the meaning given by section 2F;
general market information order means an order under section 53(1)(a)
requiring information from persons of a class specified in the order;
general regulatory information order has the meaning given by
section 28C;
initial National Electricity Rules means the National Electricity Rules made
under section 90;
innovative trial principles —see section 7B;
interconnected national electricity system means the interconnected
transmission and distribution system in this jurisdiction and in the other
participating jurisdictions used to convey and control the conveyance of
electricity to which are connected—
(a)
generating systems and other facilities; and
(b)
loads settled through the wholesale exchange operated and administered by AEMO
under this Law and the Rules;
jurisdictional derogation means a Rule made at the request of a Minister of a
participating jurisdiction that—
(a)
exempts, in a specified case or class of cases, a person or a body performing
or exercising a function or power, or conferred a right, or on whom an
obligation is imposed, under the Rules (including a Registered participant),
or a class of such a person or body, or AEMO, from complying with a provision,
or a part of a provision, of the Rules in the participating jurisdiction to
which the derogation relates; or
(b)
modifies or varies the application of a provision of the Rules (with or
without substitution of a provision of the Rules or a part of a provision of
the Rules) to a person or a body performing or exercising a function or power,
or conferred a right, or on whom an obligation is imposed, under the Rules
(including a Registered participant), or a class of such a person or body, or
AEMO, in the participating jurisdiction to which the derogation relates;
jurisdictional electricity legislation means an Act of a participating
jurisdiction (other than national electricity legislation), or any instrument
made or issued under or for the purposes of that Act, that regulates the
generation, transmission, distribution, supply or sale of electricity in that
jurisdiction;
jurisdictional regulator means—
(a) if
this Law is applied as a law of the State of New South Wales—
(i)
the Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal of New
South Wales established by section 5(1) of the
Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal Act 1992 of New South Wales; or
(ii)
if the functions or powers of the Independent Pricing and
Regulatory Tribunal of New South Wales under this Law are transferred to the
AER by or under a law of New South Wales, the AER;
(b) if
this Law is applied as a law of the State of Victoria—
(i)
the Essential Services Commission established by
section 7(1) of the Essential Services Commission Act 2001 of Victoria;
or
(ii)
if the functions or powers of that Essential Services
Commission under this Law are transferred to the AER by or under a law of
Victoria, the AER;
(c) if
this Law is applied as a law of the State of Queensland—
(i)
the Queensland Competition Authority established by
section 7 of the Queensland Competition Authority Act 1997 of Queensland;
or
(ii)
if the functions or powers of the Queensland Competition
Authority under this Law are transferred to the AER by or under a law of
Queensland, the AER;
(d) if
this Law is applied as a law of the State of South Australia—
(i)
the Essential Services Commission established by
section 4(1) of the Essential Services Commission Act 2002 of South
Australia; or
(ii)
if the functions or powers of that Essential Services
Commission under this Law are transferred to the AER by or under a law of
South Australia, the AER;
(e) if
this Law is applied as a law of the Australian Capital Territory—
(i)
the Independent Competition and Regulatory Commission for
the Australian Capital Territory established by section 5(1) of the
Independent Competition and Regulatory Commission Act 1997 of the Australian
Capital Territory; or
(ii)
if the functions or powers of the Independent Competition
and Regulatory Commission for the Australian Capital Territory under this Law
are transferred to the AER by or under a law of the Australian Capital
Territory, the AER;
(f) if a
person or body referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e) is abolished under an
Act of a participating jurisdiction and another person or body is established
under an Act of that participating jurisdiction with functions and powers that
correspond to the functions and powers of the person or body referred to in
paragraphs (a) to (e), that other person or body;
(g) if
the functions and powers of a person or body referred to in
paragraphs (a) to (e) are transferred to another person or body
established under an Act of the relevant participating jurisdiction, that
other person or body;
(h) any
other person or body established under an Act of a participating jurisdiction
that is prescribed by the Regulations as a jurisdictional regulator of that
jurisdiction;
jurisdictional system security coordinator means a person appointed under
section 110;
liable entity —see section 14D;
listed corporation has the meaning given by section 9 of the
Corporations Act 2001 of the Commonwealth;
market information instrument means a general market information order or a
market information notice;
market information notice means a notice under section 53(1)(b) requiring
information from the person to whom the notice is addressed;
market liquidity obligation means the obligation imposed by Rules made under
Schedule 1 item 6G and includes matters related to the obligation;
market monitoring information notice , for Part 3 Division 1A—see
section 18EC;
market monitoring information order , for Part 3 Division 1A—see
section 18EC;
MCE means the group of Ministers (constituting or forming part of a
Ministerial Council, Standing Council of Ministers or similar body (however
described)) responsible for energy matters at a national level comprising
9 Ministers as follows:
(a) 1
Minister from the Commonwealth;
(b) 1
Minister from each State (totalling 6 Ministers);
(c) 1
Minister from each Territory (totalling 2 Ministers),
acting in accordance with its own procedures;
MCE directed review means a review conducted by the AEMC under Division 4 of
Part 4;
MCE statement of policy principles means a statement of policy principles
issued by the MCE under section 8;
Ministerial Gazette notice means a notice in the South Australian Government
Gazette published by the South Australian Minister on the recommendation of
the MCE;
Ministerial pilot metering determination means a determination made under
section 118B;
Ministerial smart metering determination means—
(b) a
Ministerial pilot metering determination;
Minister of a participating jurisdiction means a Minister who is a Minister of
a participating jurisdiction within the meaning of section 6;
monitored market , for Part 3 Division 1A—see section 18A;
National Electricity Code means the code of conduct called the National
Electricity Code approved, in accordance with section 6(1) of the old
National Electricity Law, as the initial Code for the purposes of that Law,
and as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and the old
National Electricity Law;
national electricity legislation means—
(a) the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia and
Regulations in force under that Act; and
(b) the
National Electricity (South Australia) Law ; and
(c) an
Act of a participating jurisdiction (other than South Australia) that applies,
as a law of that jurisdiction, any part of—
(i)
the Regulations referred to in paragraph (a); or
(ii)
the National Electricity Law set out in the Schedule to
the Act referred to in paragraph (a); and
(d)
the National Electricity Law set out in the Schedule to the Act referred to in
paragraph (a) as applied as a law of a participating jurisdiction (other
than South Australia); and
(e) the
Regulations referred to in paragraph (a) as applied as a law of a
participating jurisdiction (other than South Australia);
national electricity market means—
(a) the
wholesale exchange operated and administered by AEMO under this Law and the
Rules; and
(b) the
national electricity system;
national electricity objective means the objective set out in section 7;
National Electricity Rules or Rules means—
(a) the
initial National Electricity Rules; and
(ab)
additional Minister initiated Rules; and
(b)
Rules made by the AEMC under this Law, including Rules that amend or
revoke—
(i)
the initial National Electricity Rules or additional
Minister initiated Rules; or
(ii)
Rules made by it;
national electricity system means—
(a) the
generating systems and other facilities owned, controlled or operated in the
participating jurisdictions connected to the interconnected national
electricity system; and
(b) the
interconnected national electricity system; and
(c)
regulated stand-alone power systems;
National Energy Retail Law means the National Energy Retail Law set out in the
Schedule to the National Energy Retail Law (South Australia) Act 2011 of
South Australia;
National Energy Retail Rules has the same meaning as in the National Energy
Retail Law;
National Gas Law means the National Gas Law set out in the Schedule to the
National Gas (South Australia) Act 2008 of South Australia;
National Gas Rules has the same meaning as in the National Gas Law;
national transmission grid means the transmission systems that form part of
the interconnected national electricity system;
National Transmission Planner means AEMO acting in the performance of NTP
functions;
negotiated network service has the meaning given by section 2C;
NEMMCO means National Electricity Market Management Company Limited
(ACN 072 010 327);
Note—
NEMMCO becomes AEMO (without change of corporate identity). A reference to
NEMMCO is a reference to AEMO before its change of name.
network agreement means the agreement required by section 50D(1);
network revenue or pricing determination means a distribution determination or
a transmission determination;
network service provider means a Registered participant registered for the
purposes of section 11(2) that owns, controls or operates a transmission
system or distribution system that forms part of the interconnected national
electricity system or that owns, controls or operates a regulated stand-alone
power system;
network service provider performance report means a report prepared by the AER
under section 28V;
network service user means a user who is provided with an electricity network
service;
NTP functions means the functions described in section 49(2);
offence provision means a provision of this Law the breach or contravention of
which by a person exposes that person to a finding of guilt by a court;
officer has the same meaning as officer has in relation to a corporation under
section 9 of the Corporations Act 2001 of the Commonwealth;
old National Electricity Law means the National Electricity Law set out in the
Schedule to the National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South
Australia as in force from time to time before the commencement of section 12
of the National Electricity (South Australia) (New National Electricity Law)
Amendment Act 2005 of South Australia;
participant derogation means a Rule made at the request of a person who is
conferred a right, or on whom an obligation is imposed, under the Rules
(including a Registered participant), or AEMO, that—
(a)
exempts, in a specified case or class of cases, that person or a class of
person of which that person is a member, or AEMO, from complying with a
provision, or a part of a provision, of the Rules, including a jurisdictional
derogation; or
(b)
modifies or varies the application of a provision of the Rules, including a
jurisdictional derogation, (with or without substitution of a provision of the
Rules or a part of a provision of the Rules) to that person or class of person
of which that person is a member, or AEMO;
participating jurisdiction means a jurisdiction that is a participating
jurisdiction within the meaning of section 5;
power system security means the safe scheduling and dispatch, and operation
and control, of the national electricity system (other than regulated
stand-alone power systems);
prospective network service user means a person who seeks or wishes to be
provided with an electricity network service;
protected information has the meaning given by section 54(1);
rate of return instrument —see section 18I(2);
Registered participant means a person who is registered as such by AEMO under
this Law and the Rules or is registered as such by AEMO otherwise in
accordance with the Rules;
regulated distribution system operator means an owner, controller or operator
of a distribution system—
(a) who
is a Registered participant; and
(b)
whose revenue from, or prices that are charged for, the provision of
electricity network services are regulated under a distribution determination;
regulated network service provider means—
(a) a
regulated distribution system operator; or
(b) a
regulated transmission system operator;
regulated stand-alone power system —see section 6B;
regulated transmission system operator means an owner, controller or operator
of a transmission system—
(a) who
is a Registered participant; and
(b)
whose revenue from, or prices that are charged for, the provision of
electricity network services are regulated under a transmission determination;
Regulations means the regulations made under Part 4 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia that
apply as a law of this jurisdiction;
regulatory information instrument means a general regulatory information order
or a regulatory information notice;
regulatory information notice has the meaning given by section 28D;
regulatory obligation or requirement has the meaning given by section 2D;
regulatory payment has the meaning given by section 2E;
relevant agreement , for Part 3 Division 1A—see section 18A;
relevant court means any court of this jurisdiction;
relevant regulatory decision means—
(a) a
network revenue or pricing determination that specifies a period to be a
regulatory period for the purposes of the determination; or
(b) any
other determination (including a distribution determination or transmission
determination) or decision of the AER that is prescribed by the Regulations to
be a relevant regulatory decision,
but does not include a decision of the AER made under Part 3
Division 6;
reliability obligation civil penalty provision —see
section 2AA(1a);
reliability obligations means the obligations that apply to a liable entity
under sections 14P(1) and (3) and 14R(2);
Reliability Panel means the panel of persons established by the AEMC under
section 38;
retail customer means a person to whom electricity is sold by a retailer, and
supplied in respect of connection points, for the premises of the person, and
includes a person (or a person who is of a class of persons) prescribed by the
Rules for the purposes of this definition;
retailer means a person who is the holder of a retailer authorisation issued
under the National Energy Retail Law in respect of the sale of electricity;
Retailer Reliability Obligation means—
(a) Part
2A of this Law; and
(b) the
provisions of the Rules that relate to Part 2A of this Law;
revenue and pricing principles means the principles set out in
section 7A;
Rule dispute means a dispute between persons in relation to a matter or thing
arising under the Rules in respect of which the Rules provide that the dispute
must be resolved in accordance with the Rules;
shared network capability service means a service described in
section 50D(1) as a shared network capability service;
shared transmission service means a service classified under the Rules as a
shared transmission service;
smart meter amendments means the amendments to this Law made by section 5
of the National Electricity (South Australia) (Smart Meters) Amendment
Act 2009 of South Australia;
statutory functions , in relation to AEMO, means functions or powers conferred
under—
(a)
this Law or the Rules; or
(b) the
National Gas Law, the National Gas Rules, or related subordinate legislation;
superseded jurisdictional rules means—
(a)
legislation (including subordinate legislation) of a participating
jurisdiction regulating the electricity industry in that jurisdiction
that—
(i)
was in force immediately before the changeover date; and
(ii)
is superseded by the AEMO amendments; and
(b) a
licence condition governing the activities of the licensee in, or in relation
to, an electricity market in a participating jurisdiction—
(i)
in force immediately before the changeover date; and
(ii)
superseded by the AEMO amendments; and
(c) a
guideline, code, standard or other instrument governing the operation or
regulation of an electricity market in a participating jurisdiction—
(i)
made or issued by the jurisdictional regulator; and
(ii)
in force immediately before the changeover date; and
(iii)
superseded by the AEMO amendments;
Territory means the Australian Capital Territory or the Northern Territory;
transmission determination means a determination of the AER under the Rules
that regulates any 1 or more of the following:
(a) the
terms and conditions for the provision of electricity network services that
are the subject of economic regulation under the Rules including the prices an
owner, controller or operator of a transmission system charges or may charge
for those services;
(b) the
revenue an owner, controller or operator of a transmission system earns or may
earn from the provision by that owner, controller or operator of electricity
network services that are the subject of economic regulation under the Rules;
transmission reliability standard means a standard imposed by or under the
Rules or jurisdictional electricity legislation relating to the reliability or
performance of a transmission system;
transmission service standard means a standard relating to the standard of
services provided by a regulated transmission system operator by means of, or
in connection with, a transmission system imposed—
(a) by
or under jurisdictional electricity legislation; or
(b) by
the AER in accordance with the Rules;
transmission system means the apparatus, electric lines, equipment, plant and
buildings used to convey or control the conveyance of electricity that the
Rules specify as, or forming part of, a transmission system;
transmission system safety duty means a duty or requirement under an Act of a
participating jurisdiction, or any instrument made or issued under or for the
purposes of that Act, relating to—
(a) the
safe transmission of electricity in that jurisdiction; or
(b) the
safe operation of a transmission system in that jurisdiction;
trial project means a project—
(a)
that—
(i)
the AER is satisfied is genuinely innovative taking into
account the innovative trial principles (in relation to a trial waiver for a
trial project); or
(ii)
the AEMC is satisfied is genuinely innovative taking into
account the innovative trial principles (in relation to a trial Rule for the
purposes of a trial project); and
(b) that
tests an approach in relation to the supply of, or demand for, electricity;
trial Rule —see section 87;
trial waiver —see section 18ZL;
Tribunal means the Australian Competition Tribunal referred to in the
Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the Commonwealth and includes a member of
the Tribunal or a Division of the Tribunal performing functions of the
Tribunal;
VENCorp means the Victorian Energy Networks Corporation continued under Part 8
of the Gas Industry Act 2001 of Victoria until the AEMO amendments came into
force;
wholesale electricity market means any wholesale market for electricity
regulated under this Law and the Rules.
(2) A reference in
this Law to an end user includes a reference to a prospective end user.
2A—Meaning of access dispute
An access dispute is—
(a) a
dispute between a network service user (or prospective network service user)
and a network service provider about an aspect of access to an electricity
network service specified by the Rules to be an aspect to which Part 10
applies; or
(b)
without limiting paragraph (a)—a dispute between a retail customer
(or other person specified by the Rules) and a regulated distribution system
operator about an aspect of access to a connection service specified by the
Rules to be an aspect to which Part 10 applies.
2AA—Meaning of civil penalty provision and conduct provision
(1) A civil penalty
provision is—
(a) a
provision of this Law specified in the Table at the foot of this subsection;
or
(ba) a
reliability obligation civil penalty provision; or
(c) a
provision of this Law (other than an offence provision) or the Rules that is
prescribed by the Regulations to be a civil penalty provision.
Table
Provision |
Section heading |
---|---|
Section 11(1), (2), (3) and (4) |
Electricity market activities in this jurisdiction |
Section 14A |
Regulated transmission system operator must comply with transmission
determination |
Section 14B |
Regulated distribution system operator must comply with distribution
determination |
Section 14P(1) and (3) |
Obligation to report net contract position |
Section 18ZC(1) and (2) |
Obligation of regulated entities to keep records |
Section 18ZD |
Obligation of regulated entities to provide information and data about
compliance |
Section 18ZF(1) and (3) |
Compliance audits by regulated entities |
Section 28N |
Compliance with regulatory information notice that is served |
Section 28O |
Compliance with general regulatory information order |
Section 50D(1) |
Network agreement |
Section 50F(1), (4) and (5) |
Augmentation |
Section 53C(3) and (4) |
Compliance with market information instrument |
Section 136 |
Compliance with access determination |
Section 157(1) |
Preventing or hindering access |
(1a) A reliability
obligation civil penalty provision is section 14R(2).
(2) A conduct
provision is a provision of this Law (other than an offence provision) or the
Rules that is prescribed by the Regulations to be a conduct provision.
2AB—Civil penalty amounts for breaches of civil penalty provisions
(1) Subject to this
section, the civil penalty for a breach of a civil penalty provision is—
(a) in
the case of a breach of a civil penalty provision, other than a provision
prescribed under paragraph (b), (c) or (d)—
(i)
if the breach is by a natural person—
(A) an amount not exceeding $33 900;
plus
(B) an amount not exceeding $3 390 for
every day during which the breach continues;
(ii)
if the breach is by a body corporate—
(A) an amount not exceeding $170 000;
plus
(B) an amount not exceeding $17 000
for every day during which the breach continues; or
(b) in
the case of a breach of a civil penalty provision prescribed by the
Regulations for the purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
if the breach is by a natural person—
(A) an amount not exceeding $287 000;
plus
(B) an amount not exceeding $14 400
for every day during which the breach continues;
(ii)
if the breach is by a body corporate—
(A) an amount not exceeding
$1 435 000; plus
(B) an amount not exceeding $71 800
for every day during which the breach continues; or
(c) in
the case of a breach of a civil penalty provision prescribed by the
Regulations for the purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
if the breach is by a natural person—an amount not
exceeding $500 000;
(ii)
if the breach is by a body corporate—an amount not
exceeding the greater of the following:
(A) $10 000 000;
(B) if the Court can determine the value of
any benefit reasonably attributable to the breach of the civil penalty
provision that the body corporate, and any body corporate related to the body
corporate, has obtained, directly or indirectly—3 times the value
of that benefit;
(C) if the Court cannot determine the value
of the benefit—10% of the annual turnover of the body corporate
during the 12-month period ending at the end of the month in which the body
corporate breached, or began breaching, the civil penalty provision; or
(d) in
the case of a breach of a reliability obligation civil penalty
provision—
(i)
if the breach is by a natural person—an amount not
exceeding $1 435 000;
(ii)
if the breach is by a body corporate—
(A) an amount not exceeding
$1 435 000 for a breach that relates to a reliability gap period; or
(B) an amount that applies under
paragraph (c)(ii), as if the reliability obligation civil penalty
provision were prescribed by the Regulations for the purposes of
paragraph (c), for a breach that relates to a second or subsequent
reliability gap period.
Note—
See section 67A, which deals with conduct that constitutes a breach of a
reliability obligation civil penalty provision on 2 or more occasions in
relation to the same reliability gap period.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37A, which provides for the amounts specified
in this subsection to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in
the consumer price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's
website.
(2)
Subsection (1)(c)(ii)(B) or (C) will only apply in a particular case
(including by operation of subsection (1)(d)(ii)(B)) if the AER, in
applying for an order under section 61(2)(a), requests that those
provisions be applied in that particular case.
2B—Meaning of direct control network service
A direct control network service is an electricity network service—
(a) the
Rules specify as a service the price for which, or the revenue to be earned
from which, must be regulated under a distribution determination or
transmission determination; or
(b) if
the Rules do not do so, the AER specifies, in a distribution determination or
transmission determination, as a service the price for which, or the revenue
to be earned from which, must be regulated under the distribution
determination or transmission determination.
2C—Meaning of negotiated network service
A negotiated network service is an electricity network service—
(a) that
is not a direct control network service; and
(b)
that—
(i)
the Rules specify as a negotiated network service; or
(ii)
if the Rules do not do so, the AER specifies as a
negotiated network service in a distribution determination or transmission
determination.
2D—Meaning of regulatory obligation or requirement
(1) A regulatory
obligation or requirement is—
(a) in
relation to the provision of an electricity network service by a regulated
network service provider—
(i)
a distribution system safety duty or transmission system
safety duty; or
(ii)
a distribution reliability standard or transmission
reliability standard; or
(iii)
a distribution service standard or transmission service
standard; or
(b) an
obligation or requirement under—
(i)
this Law or Rules; or
(ia) the
National Energy Retail Law or the National Energy Retail Rules; or
(ii)
an Act of a participating jurisdiction, or any instrument
made or issued under or for the purposes of that Act, that levies or imposes a
tax or other levy that is payable by a regulated network service provider; or
(iii)
an Act of a participating jurisdiction, or any instrument
made or issued under or for the purposes of that Act, that regulates the use
of land in a participating jurisdiction by a regulated network service
provider; or
(iv)
an Act of a participating jurisdiction or any instrument
made or issued under or for the purposes of that Act that relates to the
protection of the environment; or
(v)
an Act of a participating jurisdiction, or any instrument
made or issued under or for the purposes of that Act (other than national
electricity legislation or an Act of a participating jurisdiction or an Act or
instrument referred to in subparagraphs (ii) to (iv)), that materially
affects the provision, by a regulated network service provider, of electricity
network services that are the subject of a distribution determination or
transmission determination.
(2) A regulatory
obligation or requirement does not include an obligation or requirement to pay
a fine, penalty or compensation—
(a) for
a breach of—
(i)
a distribution system safety duty or transmission system
safety duty; or
(ii)
a distribution reliability standard or transmission
reliability standard; or
(iii)
a distribution service standard or transmission service
standard; or
(b)
under this Law or the Rules, the National Energy Retail Law or the National
Energy Retail Rules or an Act or an instrument referred to in
subsection (1)(b)(ii) to (v).
Notes—
1 See also
section 7A(2)(b).
2 The RoLR cost
recovery scheme is dealt with under Part 6 of the National Energy Retail Law.
2E—Meaning of regulatory payment
A regulatory payment is a sum that a regulated network service provider has
been required or allowed to pay to a network service user or an end user for a
breach of, as the case requires—
(a) a
distribution reliability standard or transmission reliability standard; or
(b) a
distribution service standard or transmission service standard,
because it was efficient for the regulated network service provider (in terms
of the provider's overall business) to pay that sum.
Note—
See also section 7A(2)(b).
2F—Form of regulation factors
The form of regulation factors are—
(a) the
presence and extent of any barriers to entry in a market for electricity
network services;
(b) the
presence and extent of any network externalities (that is, interdependencies)
between an electricity network service provided by a network service provider
and any other electricity network service provided by the network service
provider;
(c) the
presence and extent of any network externalities (that is, interdependencies)
between an electricity network service provided by a network service provider
and any other service provided by the network service provider in any other
market;
(d) the
extent to which any market power possessed by a network service provider is,
or is likely to be, mitigated by any countervailing market power possessed by
a network service user or prospective network service user;
(e) the
presence and extent of any substitute, and the elasticity of demand, in a
market for an electricity network service in which a network service provider
provides that service;
(f) the
presence and extent of any substitute for, and the elasticity of demand in a
market for, electricity or gas (as the case may be);
(g) the
extent to which there is information available to a prospective network
service user or network service user, and whether that information is
adequate, to enable the prospective network service user or network service
user to negotiate on an informed basis with a network service provider for the
provision of an electricity network service to them by the network service
provider.
2G—Related bodies corporate
For the purposes of this Law, 2 or more bodies corporate are related to
each other if they are related bodies corporate within the meaning of the
Corporations Act 2001 of the Commonwealth.
3—Interpretation generally
Schedule 2 to this Law applies to this Law, the Regulations and the Rules and
any other statutory instrument made under this Law.
4—Savings and transitionals
Schedule 3 to this Law has effect.
5—Participating jurisdictions
(1) The following
jurisdictions are participating jurisdictions for the purposes of this
Law—
(a) the
State of South Australia; and
(b) the
Commonwealth, a Territory or a State (other than South Australia) if there is
in force, as part of the law of that jurisdiction, a law that applies this Law
or any part of this Law (whether by a law that corresponds to Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia or by
some other law).
(2) If a law of a
participating jurisdiction referred to in subsection (1)(b) ceases to be
in force, the jurisdiction ceases to be a participating jurisdiction.
(3) If, at any time,
all participating jurisdictions agree that a specified jurisdiction will cease
to be a participating jurisdiction on a specified date, the jurisdiction
ceases to be a participating jurisdiction on that date.
(4) A notice must be
published in the South Australian Government Gazette of the date on which a
jurisdiction ceases to be a participating jurisdiction under
subsection (2) or (3).
(5) If the legislature
of a participating jurisdiction enacts a law that, in the unanimous opinion of
the Ministers of the other participating jurisdictions, is inconsistent with
this Law, those other participating jurisdictions may give notice to the
Minister of the first-mentioned participating jurisdiction to the effect that,
if the inconsistent law remains in force as an inconsistent law for more than
6 months after the notice is given, the other participating jurisdictions may
declare that the jurisdiction has ceased to be a participating jurisdiction.
(6) A jurisdiction
ceases to be a participating jurisdiction on publication in the South
Australian Government Gazette of a declaration made by the Ministers of the
other participating jurisdictions in accordance with subsection (5).
6—Ministers of participating jurisdictions
(1) The Ministers of
the participating jurisdictions are—
(a) the
Minister of the Crown in right of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia; and
(b) the
Ministers of the Crown in right of the other participating jurisdictions
administering the laws of those jurisdictions that apply this Law or any part
of this Law (whether by a law that corresponds to Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia or by
some other law).
6A—Nominated distributors
(1) The regulations
under the application Act of a participating jurisdiction (a local regulation
) may—
(a)
nominate an entity, being an entity that is licensed or otherwise authorised
under the jurisdictional electricity legislation of that jurisdiction to
operate a distribution system but that is not a regulated distribution system
operator (within the meaning of this Law) in respect of that distribution
system, as an entity to which this section applies (the nominated distributor
); and
(b)
apply to the nominated distributor specified provisions of the Rules that
relate to the following matters:
(i)
the provision of connection services to retail customers;
(ii)
retail support obligations between regulated distribution
system operators and retailers;
(iii)
credit support arrangements between regulated
distribution system operators and retailers.
(2) The application of
any such specified provisions of the Rules to the nominated distributor is
subject to such modifications as may be specified in the local regulation.
(3) The nominated
distributor—
(a) must
comply with the Rules to the extent that the Rules are applied by the local
regulation to the nominated distributor; and
(b) may,
to the extent that the Rules apply to the nominated distributor, be proceeded
against under this Law for any breach of those Rules.
(4) A nomination of an
entity by a local regulation may be made for—
(a) the
whole or a specified part of the geographical area of a jurisdiction; or
(b) the
whole or a specified part of a distribution system that is owned, controlled
or operated by the entity,
or for both.
(5) The Minister
responsible for administering the application Act (other than the application
Act of South Australia) under which a local regulation referred to in this
section is made is to make arrangements for notice of the making and
publication of the regulation to be published for information in the South
Australian Government Gazette.
6B—Regulated stand-alone power systems
(1) The regulations
under the application Act of a participating jurisdiction (a local regulation
) may provide that the following form part of the national electricity system
(a regulated stand-alone power system ):
(a) a
particular stand-alone power system, which consists of a distribution system
owned, controlled or operated, or proposed to be owned, controlled or
operated, by a regulated distribution system operator;
(b) a
stand-alone power system, which consists of a distribution system owned,
controlled or operated, or proposed to be owned, controlled or operated, by a
regulated distribution system operator, that belongs to a particular class of
stand-alone power systems.
(2) Without limiting
subsection (1), the local regulation may provide that a particular
stand-alone power system, or a class of stand-alone power systems, forms part
of the national electricity system by reference to—
(a) the
particular geographic area in which the stand-alone power system, or class of
stand-alone power systems, is or will be located; or
(b) the
regulated distribution system operator that owns, controls or operates, or
proposes to own, control or operate, the stand-alone power system or class of
stand-alone power systems; or
(c)
whether the stand-alone power system, or class of stand-alone power systems,
complies with any requirements specified by the Rules.
(3) The local
regulation may modify the application of a specified provision of this Law or
the Rules for and with respect to a regulated stand-alone power system or a
class of regulated stand-alone power systems.
(4) A regulated
distribution system operator that owns, controls or operates a regulated
stand-alone power system—
(a) must
comply with the Rules to the extent that the Rules are applied by the local
regulation to the regulated stand-alone power system; and
(b) may,
to the extent that the Rules apply to the regulated stand-alone power system,
be proceeded against under this Law for any breach of those Rules.
(5) The Minister
responsible for administering the application Act (other than the application
Act of South Australia) under which a local regulation referred to in this
section is made is to make arrangements for notice of the making and
publication of the regulation to be published for information in the South
Australian Government Gazette.
(6) In this
section—
stand-alone power system means a system that—
(a)
generates and distributes electricity; and
(b) does
not form part of the interconnected national electricity system.
7—National electricity objective
The objective of this Law is to promote efficient investment in, and efficient
operation and use of, electricity services for the long term interests of
consumers of electricity with respect to—
(a)
price, quality, safety, reliability and security of supply of electricity; and
(b) the
reliability, safety and security of the national electricity system; and
(c) the
achievement of targets set by a participating jurisdiction—
(i)
for reducing Australia's greenhouse gas emissions; or
(ii)
that are likely to contribute to reducing Australia's
greenhouse gas emissions.
Note—
The AEMC must publish targets in a targets statement: see section 32A.
7AA—Regulations may prescribe matters for national electricity objective
Without limiting Part 4 of the National Electricity (South Australia)
Act 1996 of South Australia, the Regulations may make provision about a
matter relating to the achievement of targets mentioned in section 7(c)
of this Law.
7A—Revenue and pricing principles
(1) The revenue and
pricing principles are the principles set out in subsections (2) to (7).
(2) A regulated
network service provider should be provided with a reasonable opportunity to
recover at least the efficient costs the operator incurs in—
(a)
providing direct control network services; and
(b)
complying with a regulatory obligation or requirement or making a regulatory
payment.
(3) A regulated
network service provider should be provided with effective incentives in order
to promote economic efficiency with respect to direct control network services
the operator provides. The economic efficiency that should be promoted
includes—
(a)
efficient investment in a distribution system or transmission system with
which the operator provides direct control network services; and
(b) the
efficient provision of electricity network services; and
(c) the
efficient use of the distribution system or transmission system with which the
operator provides direct control network services.
(4) Regard should be
had to the regulatory asset base with respect to a distribution system or
transmission system adopted—
(a) in
any previous—
(i)
as the case requires, distribution determination or
transmission determination; or
(ii)
determination or decision under the National Electricity
Code or jurisdictional electricity legislation regulating the revenue earned,
or prices charged, by a person providing services by means of that
distribution system or transmission system; or
(b) in
the Rules.
(5) A price or charge
for the provision of a direct control network service should allow for a
return commensurate with the regulatory and commercial risks involved in
providing the direct control network service to which that price or charge
relates.
(6) Regard should be
had to the economic costs and risks of the potential for under and over
investment by a regulated network service provider in, as the case requires, a
distribution system or transmission system with which the operator provides
direct control network services.
(7) Regard should be
had to the economic costs and risks of the potential for under and over
utilisation of a distribution system or transmission system with which a
regulated network service provider provides direct control network services.
7B—Innovative trial principles
The following principles (the innovative trial principles ) must be taken into
account in determining whether a trial project is genuinely innovative in
connection with granting a trial waiver or making a trial Rule relating to a
trial project:
(a)
whether the trial project is focused on developing new or materially improved
approaches to the use or supply of, or demand for, electricity;
(b)
whether the trial project is likely to contribute to the achievement of the
national electricity objective;
(c)
whether the trial project is able to demonstrate a reasonable prospect of
giving rise to materially improved services and outcomes for consumers of
electricity;
(d)
whether the trial project maintains adequate consumer protections, including
whether the trial project may involve risks to consumers and (if so), how
those risks might be mitigated;
(e)
whether the trial project is unable to proceed under the existing regulatory
framework;
(f)
whether the trial project has moved beyond research and development stages but
is not yet established, or of sufficient maturity, size or otherwise
commercially ready, to attract investment;
(g)
whether the trial project may negatively impact AEMO's operation of the
national electricity system and national electricity market and, if there are
impacts, how those impacts can be mitigated;
(h)
whether the trial project may impact on competition in a competitive sector of
the national electricity market;
(i)
any other principle prescribed by the Regulations.
8—MCE statements of policy principles
(1) Subject to this
section, the MCE may issue a statement of policy principles in relation to any
matters that are relevant to the exercise and performance by the AEMC of its
functions and powers in—
(a)
making a Rule; or
(b)
conducting a review under section 45.
(2) Before issuing a
statement of policy principles, the MCE must be satisfied that the statement
is consistent with the national electricity objective.
(3) As soon as
practicable after issuing a statement of policy principles, the MCE must give
a copy of the statement to the AEMC.
(4) The AEMC must
publish the statement in the South Australian Government Gazette and on its
website as soon as practicable after it is given a copy of the statement.
9—National Electricity Rules to have force of law
The National Electricity Rules have the force of law in this jurisdiction.
10—Application of this Law and Regulations to coastal waters of
this jurisdiction
(1) This Law and the
Regulations apply in the coastal waters of this jurisdiction.
Note—
The Rules apply in this jurisdiction by operation of this Law.
(2) In this
section—
adjacent area has the same meaning as in the Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act
1967 of the Commonwealth;
coastal waters of this jurisdiction means any sea that is on the landward side
of the adjacent area of this jurisdiction but is not within the limits of
this jurisdiction.
10A— Corporations Act displacement
(1) The Regulations
may declare a relevant provision to be a Corporations legislation displacement
provision for the purposes of section 5G of the Corporations Act 2001 of the
Commonwealth in relation to the provisions of Chapter 5 of that Act.
(2) In this
section—
relevant provision means a provision of the Rules that relates to any of the
following:
(a) the
application by AEMO of money in any security deposit fund;
(b) the
functions of AEMO under procedures relating to defaults by retailers;
(c) the
application (or drawing on) of credit support held by a regulated distribution
system operator in respect of a retailer who is the subject of a RoLR event
within the meaning of Part 6 of the National Energy Retail Law.
Part 2—Participation in the National Electricity Market
Division 1—Registration
11—Electricity market activities in this jurisdiction
(1) A person must not
engage in the activity of owning, controlling or operating, in this
jurisdiction, a generating system connected to the interconnected national
electricity system or directly or indirectly connected to a regulated
stand-alone power system unless—
(a) the
person is a Registered participant in relation to that activity; or
(b) the
person is the subject of a derogation that exempts the person, or is otherwise
exempted by AEMO, from the requirement to be a Registered participant in
relation to that activity under this Law and the Rules.
Note—
Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of "civil
penalty provision" in section 2AA(1).
(2) A person must not
engage in the activity of owning, controlling or operating, in this
jurisdiction, a transmission system or distribution system that forms part of
the interconnected national electricity system or that forms part of, or is
directly or indirectly connected to, a regulated stand-alone power system
unless—
(a) the
person is a Registered participant in relation to that activity; or
(b) the
person is the subject of a derogation that exempts the person, or is otherwise
exempted by the AER, from the requirement to be a Registered participant in
relation to that activity under this Law and the Rules.
Note—
Subsection (2) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of "civil
penalty provision" in section 2AA(1).
(3) A person, other
than AEMO, must not engage in the activity of operating or administering, in
this jurisdiction, a wholesale exchange for electricity.
Note—
Subsection (3) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of "civil
penalty provision" in section 2AA(1).
(4) A person must not
engage in, in this jurisdiction, the activity of purchasing electricity
directly through a wholesale exchange unless—
(a) the
person is a Registered participant in relation to that activity; or
(b) the
person is the subject of a derogation that exempts the person, or is otherwise
exempted by AEMO, from the requirement to be a Registered participant in
relation to that activity under this Law and the Rules.
Note—
Subsection (4) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of "civil
penalty provision" in section 2AA(1).
12—Registration or exemption of persons participating in national
electricity market
(1) A person engaged
or proposing to engage in an activity referred to in section 11(1), (2)
or (4) may request AEMO to register that person as a Registered participant in
relation to that activity for the purposes of this Law and the Rules.
(2) A person engaged
or proposing to engage in an activity referred to in section 11(1) or (4)
may request AEMO to exempt that person from registering as a Registered
participant in relation to that activity for the purposes of this Law and the
Rules.
(3) A request under
subsection (1) or (2) must be in accordance with the Rules.
(4) On receipt of a
request under subsection (1) to be registered as a Registered
participant, AEMO may, subject to the Rules, register the person in such
categories of registration as are specified in the Rules.
(5) On receipt of a
request under subsection (2) to be exempted from being registered as a
Registered participant, AEMO may, subject to the Rules, grant the person the
exemption.
(6) Registration as a
Registered participant under subsection (4) or an exemption granted under
subsection (5) may be subject to such terms and conditions as AEMO
considers appropriate in accordance with the Rules.
13—Exemptions for transmission system or distribution system owners,
controllers and operators
(1) A person engaged
or proposing to engage in the activity referred to in section 11(2) may
request the AER to exempt that person from registering as a Registered
participant in relation to that activity for the purposes of this Law and the
Rules.
(2) A request under
subsection (1) must be in accordance with the Rules.
(3) On receipt of a
request under subsection (1), the AER may, subject to the Rules, grant
the person the exemption.
(4) An exemption
granted under subsection (3) may be subject to such terms and conditions
as the AER considers appropriate in accordance with the Rules.
14—Evidence of registration or exemption
(1) A certificate
signed by an authorised officer certifying that a person named in the
certificate is a Registered participant, or has been granted an exemption from
registration under section 12 or 13 is evidence of the registration or
exemption.
Note—
A certificate may be in respect of a Registered participant registered in
accordance with section 12 and the Rules, or in accordance with the Rules
alone.
(2) In this
section—
authorised officer means—
(a) for
issuing a certificate that a person is a Registered participant or exempted
from registration under section 12—AEMO's CEO or a person
authorised by AEMO's CEO to issue certificates under this section; or
(b) for
issuing a certificate that a person is exempted from registration under
section 13—a member of the AER.
Division 2—Regulated network service providers
14A—Regulated transmission system operator must comply with transmission
determination
A regulated transmission system operator must comply with a transmission
determination that applies to the electricity network services provided by
that operator.
Note—
Section 14A is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil
penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
14B—Regulated distribution system operator must comply with distribution
determination
A regulated distribution system operator must comply with a distribution
determination that applies to the electricity network services provided by
that operator.
Note—
Section 14B is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil
penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
Part 2A—Retailer Reliability Obligation
Division 1—General
14C—Definitions
In this Part—
contract position day —see section 14K(4)(b)(i);
forecast reliability gap —see section 14G(1);
forecast reliability gap period —see section 14G(2);
Ministerial reliability gap and Ministerial reliability gap period —see
section 14JA(1)(b);
net contract position —see section 14O(3);
one-in-two year peak demand forecast , for a region during a specified period,
means the peak demand forecast in accordance with the Rules—
(a) to
occur for the region during the period; and
(b)
where the likelihood is that the forecast amount will be exceeded once in any
two-year period;
peak demand , for a period in a region, means the maximum electricity
demanded, in megawatts, in the region during the period, determined in
accordance with the Rules;
region means a region of the national electricity market determined under the
Rules;
reliability gap period , in relation to a T-1 reliability instrument, means
the forecast reliability gap period stated in the instrument;
reliability instrument means a T-3 reliability instrument or a
T-1 reliability instrument;
reporting day —see section 14K(4)(b)(ii);
T-1 cut-off day —see section 14G(4);
T-1 reliability instrument means a reliability instrument for a forecast
reliability gap made by the AER under section 14K that relates to the T-1
cut-off day for the forecast reliability gap;
T-3 cut-off day —see section 14G(3);
T-3 reliability instrument means—
(a) a
reliability instrument for a forecast reliability gap made by the AER under
section 14K that relates to the T-3 cut-off day for the forecast
reliability gap; or
(b) a
reliability instrument for a Ministerial reliability gap period made by a
Minister of a participating jurisdiction under section 14JA;
trading interval means a period prescribed by the Rules to be a trading
interval for the wholesale exchange;
wholesale exchange means the wholesale exchange for electricity operated and
administered by AEMO under this Law and the Rules.
14D—Meaning of liable entity for a region
(1) Each of the
following is a liable entity for a region:
(a) a
person who is a Registered participant mentioned in section 11(4)(a);
(b) a
person mentioned in section 11(4)(b) prescribed by the Rules to be a
liable entity for the reliability obligations;
(c)
another person who has elected, under section 14E, to assume
responsibility for the reliability obligations of a person mentioned in
paragraph (a).
(2) However, a person
mentioned in subsection (1)(a) is not a liable entity for a region—
(a) if
the person is a Registered participant mentioned in subsection (1)(a) who
is prescribed by the Rules not to be a liable entity for the reliability
obligations; or
(b) to
the extent a person mentioned in subsection (1)(c) has elected to assume
the person's responsibility for the reliability obligations for the region.
14E—Process for non-liable persons to opt in to reliability obligations
(1) This section
applies to a person—
(a)
if—
(i)
the person purchases electricity supplied in a region
from a liable entity; and
(ii)
the person's annual consumption of electricity is more
than the threshold prescribed by the Rules for this section; or
(b)
prescribed by the Rules to be eligible to make an election under this section.
(2) The person may
elect to assume all or some of the liable entity's responsibility for the
reliability obligations in relation to the electricity purchased for the
period stated in the election.
(3) An election under
subsection (2) must—
(a)
state the extent to which the person has elected to assume the liable entity's
responsibility; and
(b) be
made in the manner, form and timeframes required by the Rules.
Division 2—Reliability forecasts and instruments
14F—Annual forecast for reliability gaps
Each year, AEMO must—
(a)
perform the functions stated in the Rules for the purposes of forecasting for
the occurrence of reliability gaps in future years; and
(b)
prepare and publish, in the manner, form and timeframes required by the Rules,
information about the forecasting.
14G—Meaning of forecast reliability gap, forecast reliability gap
period, T-3 cut-off day and T-1 cut-off day
(1) A forecast
reliability gap occurs when the amount of electricity forecast for a region,
in accordance with the Rules, does not meet the reliability standard to an
extent that, in accordance with the Rules, is material and a reference in this
Part to a forecast reliability gap includes, where the context requires, a
reference to a Ministerial reliability gap.
(2) A forecast
reliability gap period is the period during which a forecast reliability gap
is forecast to occur and a reference in this Part to a forecast reliability
gap period includes, where the context requires, a reference to a Ministerial
reliability gap period.
(3) The T-3 cut-off
day for a forecast reliability gap is the day that is 3 years before the
day the forecast reliability gap period for the forecast reliability gap
starts.
(4) The T-1 cut-off
day for a forecast reliability gap is the day that is 1 year before the
day the forecast reliability gap period for the forecast reliability gap
starts.
(5) In this
section—
reliability standard means the standard prescribed by the Rules for the
reliability of electricity for the national electricity market.
14H—Rules must provide timetable for reliability forecasts, requests and
instruments
(1) The Rules must
provide for timeframes for the following matters in relation to a forecast
reliability gap:
(a) the
period, that ends at least the stated number of days before the T-3 cut-off
day and T-1 cut-off day, during which—
(i)
AEMO must make a request under section 14I; and
(ii)
the AER must decide whether to make a reliability
instrument under section 14K;
(i)
ending on or before the T-1 cut-off day, during which the
contract position day must be set; and
(ii)
ending on or after the T-1 cut-off day, during which the
reporting day must be set;
(c) the
periods that apply for the matters mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b)
if AEMO corrects a request under section 14J.
(2) Also, the Rules
must provide for 1 or more ways to determine whether a request for the AER to
make a T-1 reliability instrument under section 14I is related to a T-3
reliability instrument.
(3) For
subsection (2), a prescribed way may include the extent to which the
reliability gap period and trading intervals stated in a request for the AER
to make a T-1 reliability instrument must be the same as, or may be different
to, the forecast reliability gap period and trading intervals stated in the
T-3 reliability instrument.
(4) In addition, for
subsection (2), in the case of a T-3 reliability instrument made by
a Minister of a participating jurisdiction, a prescribed way may include the
extent to which the reliability gap period and trading intervals stated in a
request for the AER to make a T-1 reliability instrument must be the same
as, or may be different to, any Ministerial reliability gap period or trading
intervals stated in the T-3 reliability instrument.
14I—AEMO must request reliability instrument
(1) This
section applies if—
(a) AEMO
is satisfied a forecast reliability gap is forecast to occur in a region; and
(b) AEMO
has published the information about the forecast that AEMO is required to
publish under section 14F(b).
(2) Subject to
subsection (3), AEMO must request the AER to consider making a
reliability instrument for the region in relation to the forecast reliability
gap.
(3) AEMO must make a
request under subsection (2) for a T-1 reliability instrument for a
region only if the AER has made a related T-3 reliability instrument or
the Minister of the participating jurisdiction in which the region is located
has made a related T-3 reliability instrument.
(4) A request under
subsection (2)—
(a) is
made by giving a written notice about the request to the AER; and
(b) must
be made within the period required by the Rules; and
(c) must
state the following information about the forecast reliability gap:
(i)
the region in which the forecast reliability gap is
forecast to occur;
(ii)
the first and last days of the forecast reliability gap
period;
(iii)
for a request for a T-3 reliability instrument—the
trading intervals, during the forecast reliability gap period, for which
liable entities may be required to hold net contract positions that are
sufficient to meet their share of the one-in-two year peak demand forecast for
the forecast reliability gap period;
Example—
The trading intervals between 4pm and 8pm each weekday during the
forecast reliability gap.
(iv)
for a request for a T-1 reliability instrument—the
trading intervals, during the forecast reliability gap period, for which
liable entities will be required to hold net contract positions that are
sufficient to meet their share of the one-in-two year peak demand forecast for
the forecast reliability gap period if the T-1 reliability instrument is made;
Example—
The trading intervals between 4pm and 8pm each weekday during the
forecast reliability gap.
(v)
AEMO's one-in-two year peak demand forecast for the
forecast reliability gap period.
(5) A request under
subsection (2)—
(a) may
only apply to 1 forecast reliability gap period; and
(b) may
be made on more than 1 occasion in a year for different forecast
reliability gap periods in the same region or in different regions.
14J—AEMO may correct request for reliability instrument
(1) This section
applies if a request under section 14I contains—
(a) a
material miscalculation of figures; or
(b) a
material mistake in the description of a person, period, thing or matter
referred to in the request; or
(c) a
defect in form.
(2) AEMO may correct
the request by giving a written notice about the correction, and a correct
request, to the AER.
14JA—Minister may make T-3 reliability instrument
(1) Subject to this
section, a Minister of a participating jurisdiction may make a T-3 reliability
instrument for a region if—
(a) the
geographical area of the participating jurisdiction constitutes the whole or a
part of the region; and
(b) it
appears to the Minister, on reasonable grounds, that there is a real risk
during a period specified in the instrument (a Ministerial reliability gap
period ) that the supply of electricity to all or part of the region may be
disrupted to a significant degree (a Ministerial reliability gap ) on
1 or more occasions during the Ministerial reliability gap period.
(2) Before making a
T-3 reliability instrument under subsection (1), the Minister must
consult with AEMO and the AER in relation to the instrument the Minister
proposes to make.
(3) The regulations
under the application Act of a participating jurisdiction (a local regulation
) may provide for requirements (including procedures and any methodology) that
must be complied with by the Minister in determining whether there is a real
risk that the supply of electricity to all or part of a region may be
disrupted to a significant degree.
(4) A T-3 reliability
instrument under subsection (1) must state—
(a) the
date on which it takes effect; and
(b) the
region to which it applies; and
(c) the
first and last days of the Ministerial reliability gap period; and
(d) the
trading intervals during the Ministerial reliability gap period for which
liable entities may be required to hold net contract positions that are
sufficient to meet their share of the one-in-two year peak demand forecast for
the Ministerial reliability gap period; and
(e)
AEMO's one-in-two year peak demand forecast for the Ministerial reliability
gap period.
(5) A Minister of a
participating jurisdiction may vary or revoke a T-3 reliability instrument
made by the Minister under subsection (1).
(6) As soon as
practicable after making or varying a T-3 reliability instrument under this
section, the relevant Minister must—
(a)
publish a copy of the instrument or variation in accordance with any
requirements of the local regulations; and
(b)
publish notice of the making or variation of the instrument in the South
Australian Government Gazette.
(7) The following
provisions apply to a T-3 reliability instrument under subsection (1):
(a) the
first day of a Ministerial reliability gap period specified in the instrument
under subsection (4)(c) may not be earlier than 3 years after the
day on which the instrument is made;
(b)
despite any other provision of this Part, a T-3 reliability instrument under
subsection (1) that relates to 1 or more days occurring in the period
commencing on 1 December 2025 and ending on 31 December 2026 may be
made at any time before 1 December 2023.
(8) The Minister
responsible for administering the application Act (other than the application
Act of South Australia) under which a local regulation referred to in this
section is made is to make arrangements for notice of the making and
publication of the regulation to be published for information in the South
Australian Government Gazette.
14K—AER may make reliability instrument for a region
(a) AEMO
makes a request under section 14I in relation to a forecast reliability
gap for a region; and
(b)
where AEMO's request is for a T-1 reliability instrument for the region, the
AER has made a related T-3 reliability instrument or the Minister of the
participating jurisdiction in which the region is located has made a related
T-3 reliability instrument for the region.
(2) The AER must,
within the period required by the Rules—
(a)
consider the request; and
(b)
decide whether or not to make a reliability instrument for the region in
relation to the forecast reliability gap.
(3) The AER may decide
to make a reliability instrument only—
(a) if
the AER is satisfied—
(i)
a forecast reliability gap is forecast, in accordance
with the Rules, to occur in the region; and
(ii)
it is appropriate in the circumstances, having regard to
the criteria stated in the Rules, to make the reliability instrument; and
(b) for
the region, forecast reliability gap period and trading intervals as stated in
AEMO's request, without modification.
(4) A reliability
instrument must state—
(a) the
information mentioned in section 14I(4)(c), as stated in AEMO's request;
and
(b) for
a T-1 reliability instrument—
(i)
the day (the contract position day ) on which liable
entities are required under section 14R to hold a sufficient net contract
position for the reliability gap period; and
(ii)
the day (the reporting day ) on which liable entities
must report their net contract position as at the contract position day under
section 14P.
(5) The reliability
instrument takes effect when it is published on the AER's website.
(6) The AER must
publish its decision to make or refuse to make a reliability instrument, and
the reasons for the decision, on the AER's website before—
(a) in
the case of a T-3 reliability instrument—the T-3 cut-off day or an
earlier day prescribed by the Rules; or
(b) in
the case of a T-1 reliability instrument—the T-1 cut-off day or an
earlier day prescribed by the Rules.
(7) If a request made
under section 14I was corrected under section 14J, a reference in
this section to the request is a reference to the request as corrected.
14L—Reliability instrument has force of law
(1) A reliability
instrument has the force of law in this jurisdiction.
(2) An Act of
this jurisdiction regulating the making of subordinate legislation does not
apply to a reliability instrument.
14M—Failure to comply with consultation obligation does not affect
validity
(1) This section
applies if the Rules require the AER to undertake stated consultation before
making a reliability instrument under section 14K.
(2) Failure to comply
with the obligation does not invalidate or otherwise affect a reliability
instrument.
Division 3—Reliability obligations
14N—Application of Division
(1) This Division
applies to a person if—
(a) the
AER made a T-1 reliability instrument for a forecast reliability gap in a
region; and
(b) the
person is a liable entity for the region to which the instrument applies; and
(c) the
person is a liable entity on—
(i)
the contract position day; or
(ii)
in circumstances for which a later day is prescribed by
the Rules—the later day.
(2) In this
Division—
(a) a
reference to a matter is a reference to the matter for the region to which the
T-1 reliability instrument applies; and
(b) a
reference to the reliability gap period is a reference to the forecast
reliability gap period stated in the T-1 reliability instrument; and
(c) a
reference to the stated trading intervals is a reference to the trading
intervals stated in the T-1 reliability instrument; and
(d) a
reference to the contract position day or the reporting day is a reference to
the contract position day or reporting day stated in the T-1 reliability
instrument.
14O—Meaning of qualifying contract and net contract position
(1) A qualifying
contract of a liable entity is a contract or other arrangement to which the
liable entity is a party—
(i)
is directly related to the purchase or sale, or price for
the purchase or sale, of electricity from the wholesale exchange during a
stated period; and
(ii)
the liable entity entered into to manage its exposure in
relation to the volatility of the spot price; or
(b) of
another type prescribed by the Rules to be a qualifying contract.
(2) However, a
qualifying contract does not include a contract or arrangement mentioned in
subsection (1)(a) that is prescribed by the Rules to be an excluded
contract for the reliability obligations.
(3) A liable entity's
net contract position during a particular period is—
(a) the
number of megawatts of electricity to which the liable entity's qualifying
contracts under subsection (1) relate for the period; and
(b)
adjusted in accordance with the Rules to account for the likelihood that,
despite the qualifying contracts, the liable entity retains exposure in
relation to the volatility of the spot price during the period.
(4) In this
section—
spot price means the price for electricity purchased from the wholesale
exchange in a region determined in accordance with the Rules.
14P—Obligation to report net contract position
(1) The liable entity
must give the AER a report about the liable entity's net contract position for
the stated trading intervals during the reliability gap period as at the
contract position day—
(a) that
complies with subsection (2); and
(b) on
or before the reporting day stated in the T-1 reliability instrument.
Note—
Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of "civil
penalty provision" in section 2AA(1).
(a)
include the information required under the Rules; and
(b) be
prepared and given in the manner and form required by the Rules.
(3) The liable entity
must not provide information in a report the liable entity knows is false or
misleading in a material particular.
Note—
Subsection (3) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of "civil
penalty provision" in section 2AA(1).
14Q—Adjustment of net contract position after contract position day
A liable entity may adjust the liable entity's net contract position for a
stated trading interval during a reliability gap period after the contract
position day for the purposes of sections 14R and 14S in accordance
with the Rules.
14R—Obligation to have contracted sufficiently for one-in-two year peak
demand forecast
(1) This section
applies if the peak demand is more than the one-in-two year peak demand
forecast for the reliability gap period during a stated trading interval in
the reliability gap period.
(2) The liable entity
must comply with the obligation that the liable entity's net contract position
for the trading interval is not less than the liable entity's share of the
one-in-two year peak demand forecast for the trading interval determined in
accordance with the Rules.
Note—
Subsection (2) is a reliability obligation civil penalty provision: See
the definition of "reliability obligation civil penalty provision" in
section 2AA(1a).
(3) For
subsection (2), the liable entity's net contract position for a trading
interval is—
(a) if
the liable entity has adjusted its net contract position under the
Rules—the liable entity's net contract position for the trading interval
as at the day provided under the Rules; or
(b)
otherwise—the liable entity's net contract position for the trading
interval as at the contract position day.
14S—Obligation to maintain net contract position
The Rules may require a liable entity to maintain its net contract position
for the stated trading intervals in the reliability gap period during the
period that—
(a)
starts on the contract position day; and
(b) ends
when the reliability gap period ends.
Division 4—AEMO as procurer of last resort
14T—AEMO may recover costs for procurer of last resort function
(1) The Rules may
provide for a cost recovery scheme that allows AEMO to recover the costs AEMO
incurs as the procurer of last resort for a region.
(2) AEMO is the
procurer of last resort for a region if—
(a) a
T-1 reliability instrument is made for a forecast reliability gap in a region;
and
(b) AEMO
performs its function under the Rules of entering into contracts to secure the
availability of electricity reserves in relation to the reliability gap period
stated in the instrument in the region.
(3) The cost recovery
scheme under the Rules may provide for AEMO to recover the costs from the
liable entities for the region who breach section 14R(2) or an obligation
under the Rules mentioned in section 14S during the reliability gap
period.
(4) However, a liable
entity is not liable to more than $100 000 000 under the cost
recovery scheme in relation to a reliability gap period in a region.
Part 3—Functions and powers of the Australian Energy Regulator
Division 1—General
15—Functions and powers of AER
(1) The AER has the
following functions and powers—
(i)
Registered participants and other persons with this Law,
the Regulations and the Rules; and
(ii)
regulated network service providers with network revenue
or pricing determinations; and
(iii)
AEMO with this Law, the Rules, the Regulations or a
transmission determination; and
(b) to
investigate breaches or possible breaches of provisions of this Law, the
Regulations or the Rules, including offences against this Law; and
(ba)
without limiting paragraphs (a) and (b), in relation to a person
undertaking a trial project under a trial Rule or trial waiver, to monitor the
conduct and outcomes of the trial project and investigate breaches or possible
breaches by the person of—
(i)
this Law, the Regulations and the Rules; and
(ii)
in particular—
(A) in the case of a person undertaking a
trial project under a trial Rule—the trial Rule and any requirements
imposed by the AEMC under section 104B; and
(B) in the case of a person undertaking a
trial project under a trial waiver—the trial waiver and any conditions
to which the trial waiver is subject; and
(c) to
institute and conduct proceedings—
(i)
against persons under section 61 of this Law or
section 44AAG of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the
Commonwealth; or
(ii)
in respect of Registered participants under
section 63 of this Law; or
(iii)
against persons under section 68 of this Law; or
(iv)
in relation to offences against this Law; and
(d) to
institute and conduct appeals from decisions in proceedings referred to in
paragraph (c); and
(e) to
exempt persons proposing to engage, or engaged, in the activity of owning,
controlling or operating a transmission system or distribution system from
being registered as Registered participants; and
(ea) to
prepare and publish reports on the financial and operational performance of
network service providers in providing electricity network services; and
(eb) to
approve compliance programs of service providers relating to compliance by
service providers with this Law or the Rules; and
(eba) to
implement and administer the market liquidity obligation in accordance with
the Rules; and
(ec) AER
wholesale market monitoring functions and AER wholesale market reporting
functions; and
(ed) to
make a rate of return instrument; and
(f) AER
economic regulatory functions or powers; and
(fa) AER
trial waiver functions; and
(g) any
other functions and powers conferred on it under this Law and the Rules.
(2) The AER has the
power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection
with the performance of its functions.
(3) However, the
AER—
(a)
cannot make a transmission determination—
(i)
regulating the revenue AEMO earns or may earn; or
(ii)
regulating the price of electricity network services
provided by AEMO unless the services are shared transmission services provided
by means of, or in connection with, a declared shared network; and
(b)
cannot regulate by transmission determination or in any other way the price of
any other service provided by AEMO, or the amount of any other charge made by
AEMO.
16—Manner in which AER performs AER economic regulatory functions or
powers
(1) The AER must, in
performing or exercising an AER economic regulatory function or power—
(a)
perform or exercise that function or power in a manner that will or is likely
to contribute to the achievement of the national electricity objective; and
(b) if
the function or power performed or exercised by the AER relates to the making
of a distribution determination or transmission determination, ensure
that—
(i)
the regulated network service provider to whom the
determination will apply; and
(ii)
any affected Registered participant; and
(iii)
if AEMO is affected by the determination—AEMO; and
(iv)
network service users or prospective network service
users of the relevant services that the AER considers have an interest in the
determination; and
(v)
any user or consumer associations or user or consumer
interest groups that the AER considers have an interest in the determination,
are, in accordance with the Rules—
(vi)
informed of material issues under consideration by the
AER; and
(vii)
given a reasonable opportunity to make submissions in
respect of the determination before it is made; and
(c) in
relation to making a relevant regulatory decision, specify—
(i)
the manner in which the constituent components of the
decision relate to each other; and
(ii)
the manner in which that interrelationship has been taken
into account in the making of the relevant regulatory decision.
(a) must
take into account the revenue and pricing principles—
(i)
when exercising a discretion in making those parts of a
distribution determination or transmission determination relating to direct
control network services; or
(ii)
when making an access determination relating to a rate or
charge for an electricity network service; and
(b) may
take into account the revenue and pricing principles when performing or
exercising any other AER economic regulatory function or power, if the AER
considers it appropriate to do so.
(3) For the purposes
of subsection (2)(a)(ii), a reference to a "direct control network
service" in the revenue and pricing principles must be read as a reference to
an "electricity network service".
(4) In this
section—
affected Registered participant means a Registered participant (other than the
regulated network service provider to whom the distribution determination or
transmission determination will apply) whose interests are affected by the
distribution determination or transmission determination;
user or consumer association means an association or body (whether
incorporated or unincorporated)—
(a) the
members of which include more than 1 user, prospective user or end user; and
(b) that
represents and promotes the interests of those members in relation to the
provision of electricity services;
user or consumer interest group means an association or body (whether
incorporated or unincorporated)—
(a) that
has, as an object or purpose, the object or purpose of representing and
promoting the interests of users, prospective users or end users of
electricity services; but
(b) the
members of which need not include a user, prospective user or end user.
17—Delegations
Any delegation by the AER under section 44AAH of the Competition and Consumer
Act 2010 of the Commonwealth extends to, and has effect for the purposes of,
this Law, the Regulations and the Rules.
18—Confidentiality
Section 44AAF of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the Commonwealth has
effect for the purposes of this Law, the Regulations and the Rules as if it
formed part of this Law.
Note—
See also Division 6.
Division 1A—Wholesale electricity markets—AER monitoring and
reporting functions
Subdivision 1—Preliminary
18A—Definitions
In this Division—
effective competition —see section 18B;
electricity contract means an agreement, entered into by a Registered
participant, however described and whether coming into existence before or
after the commencement of this section, that relates to a wholesale
electricity market and includes an agreement—
(a) to
supply electricity; or
(b) to
purchase electricity; or
(c) for
the transmission, distribution or storage of electricity; or
(d)
relating to fuel and other inputs used in the generation of electricity; or
(e)
relating to emissions produced or avoided in the generation of electricity; or
(f) to
supply a wholesale demand response service;
financial risk management product means a contract or other arrangement,
entered into by a Registered participant, to manage financial risk including,
without limitation, risks associated with the following:
(a)
price volatility in a wholesale electricity market;
(b)
volatility in supply and demand in a wholesale electricity market;
(c)
volatility in the price of fuels and other inputs used in the generation of
electricity;
monitored market means—
(a) a
wholesale electricity market; and
(b) a
market for financial risk management products; and
(c) a
market prescribed by the Regulations;
relevant agreement means—
(a) an
electricity contract; and
(b) a
financial risk management product.
18B—Meaning of effective competition
For the purposes of this Division, the AER must, in assessing whether there is
effective competition within a monitored market, have regard to—
(a)
whether there are active competitors in the market and whether those
competitors hold a reasonably sustainable position in the market (or whether
there is merely the threat of competition in the market); and
(b)
whether prices are determined on a long term basis by underlying costs rather
than the existence of market power, even though a particular competitor may
hold a substantial degree of market power from time to time; and
(c)
whether barriers to entry into the market are sufficiently low so that a
substantial degree of market power may only be held by a particular competitor
on a temporary basis; and
(d)
whether there is independent rivalry in all dimensions of the price, product
or service offered in the market; and
(e) any
other matters that the AER considers relevant.
18C—AER wholesale market monitoring and reporting functions
(1) The AER wholesale
market monitoring functions are as follows:
(a) to,
in accordance with this Law and the Rules, regularly and systematically
monitor and review the performance of monitored markets;
(b) in
connection with paragraph (a), to identify and analyse whether, in
relation to a particular monitored market—
(i)
there is effective competition within the market; and
(ii)
there are features of the market that may be detrimental
to effective competition within the market; and
(iii)
there are features of the market that may be impacting
detrimentally on the efficient functioning of the market (and, if so, to
assess the extent of the inefficiency); and
(iv)
there are features of the market that may be impacting
detrimentally on the achievement of the national electricity objective;
(c)
other monitoring or analysing functions, conferred on the AER by the Rules,
relating to the following matters within a monitored market:
(i)
offers;
(ii)
prices, including forecast and actual prices and bidding.
(2) The AER wholesale
market reporting functions are as follows:
(a) to
prepare, at least once every 2 years, a report on the results of the
performance of the AER wholesale market monitoring functions;
(b) to
provide, as the AER thinks fit, advice on the results of the performance of
the AER wholesale market monitoring functions to the MCE, including advice as
to—
(i)
the AER's opinion (and reasons for the opinion) on
whether those results identify, in relation to a monitored market, features of
the market (whether systemic or otherwise) that—
(A) may be detrimental to effective
competition within the market; or
(B) may be impacting detrimentally on the
efficient functioning of the market,
such that a legislative, regulatory or other response is required; and
(ii)
any limitations that the AER considers may restrict its
ability to communicate with relevant persons about the results of the
performance of the AER wholesale market monitoring functions;
(c)
other reporting requirements that relate to the AER wholesale market
monitoring functions conferred on the AER by the Rules.
(3) A report prepared
under subsection (2)(a) must, in relation to a monitored market monitored
during the period to which the report relates (which must be a period of at
least 5 years), contain a discussion and analysis of—
(a) the
results of the performance of the AER wholesale market monitoring functions
for the relevant period; and
(b)
features of the market that impact detrimentally on the efficient functioning
of the market and the achievement of the national electricity objective,
including (but not limited to)—
(i)
the presence of significant barriers to entry; or
(ii)
any other features of the industry structure that give
rise to concerns that there may not be effective competition within the
market; and
(c)
inefficiencies in the market, their causes and whether conditions in the
market are such that the inefficiencies are likely to impact detrimentally in
the long term on the efficient functioning of the market; and
(d) the
monitoring methodology applied and the results of indicators, tests and
calculations performed; and
(e)
other matters of a long term nature relevant to effective competition within
the market, including, for example, observations relating to planned increases
in interconnector capacity and trends in demand for electricity and in the
uptake of alternative sources of energy.
(4) The AER must
publish a report prepared under subsection (2)(a) on its website.
(5) Before publishing
a report prepared under subsection (2)(a) the AER must consult with
relevant stakeholders.
18D—Information to be treated as confidential
Information obtained by the AER under this Division is taken to have been
given to the AER in confidence, whether or not a claim of confidentiality is
made.
18E—Redaction of information
(1) When obtaining a
relevant agreement or information about a relevant agreement for the purposes
of a function under this Division, the AER must consider a request to omit
information that would identify a party to the agreement who is not a
Registered participant.
(2) The AER must grant
the request unless satisfied that omitting the information is likely to
materially affect the AER’s ability to undertake 1 or more
functions under this Division.
Subdivision 2—Use of general information gathering powers
18EA—Limits on use of section 28 information gathering powers
(1) In undertaking a
function under this Division the AER must not use the powers under
section 28 in respect of a relevant agreement that ceased to have effect
more than 5 years before the commencement of this section.
(2) The Regulations or
the Rules may provide that the powers under section 28 must not be used
for a function under this Division for 1 or more classes of relevant
agreement.
18EB—Matters to be considered before using section 28 information
gathering powers
Before using the powers under section 28 for a function under this
Division, the AER must—
(a) be
satisfied the information is reasonably required for the AER to carry out the
function; and
(b)
consider whether the information—
(i)
is publicly available; or
(ii)
can be obtained by the AER in another way.
Subdivision 3—Market monitoring information notices and market
monitoring information orders
18EC—Definitions
In this Subdivision—
market monitoring information notice means a notice prepared and served by the
AER in accordance with this Subdivision requiring the person named in the
notice to do 1 or more of the following:
(a) give
the AER the information or a relevant agreement specified in the notice;
(b)
prepare, maintain and keep information specified in the notice in a manner and
form specified in the notice;
market monitoring information order means an order made by the AER in
accordance with this Subdivision requiring each person of a class specified in
the order to do 1 or more of the following:
(a) give
the AER the information or a relevant agreement specified in the order;
(b)
prepare, maintain and keep information specified in the order in a manner and
form specified in the order.
18ED—Urgent notices and urgent orders
The AER may specify a market monitoring information notice or a market
monitoring information order as urgent if the AER reasonably believes that
access to the relevant information is time critical.
18EE—Content of notices and orders
(1) A market
monitoring information notice or a market monitoring information order must
specify the following:
(a) the
information that must be prepared, maintained and kept;
(b) the
information or agreement that must be given to the AER;
(c) if
the notice or order requires information to be prepared, maintained and
kept—the AER’s reasons for requiring information to be prepared,
maintained and kept;
(d) if
the notice or order requires information or an agreement to be given to the
AER—
(i)
the reasons the AER requires the information or
agreement; and
(ii)
the date by which the information or agreement must be
given to the AER;
(e) the
period in which the notice or order operates.
(2) A market
monitoring information notice or a market monitoring information order may
specify the following:
(a) the
form in which information or an agreement is to be given to the AER;
(b) the
way the information or agreement is to be given to the AER.
18EF—Notices and orders may be made for both past and future information
(1) A market
monitoring information notice or a market monitoring information order may
apply to 1 or more of the following:
(a) a
period before the notice was served or the order was made;
(b) a
period after the notice was served or the order was made.
(2) A market
monitoring information notice or a market monitoring information order must
not be used to obtain a relevant agreement, or information about a relevant
agreement, that ceased to have effect more than 5 years before the
commencement of this section.
18EG—Making and serving notices and orders
(1) The AER may, if it
considers it reasonably necessary for the performance of its functions under
this Division—
(a)
serve a market monitoring information notice on a person named in the notice;
and
(b) make
a market monitoring information order.
(2) The AER must, when
considering if it is reasonably necessary to serve a market monitoring
information notice or make a market monitoring information order—
(a) be
satisfied the AER requires the information or agreement to carry out a
wholesale market monitoring function; and
(b)
consider the costs that are likely to be incurred by a person responding to
the notice or order; and
(c)
consider whether the information—
(i)
is publicly available; or
(ii)
can be obtained by the AER in another way.
(3) A market
monitoring information notice or a market monitoring information order must
not be used for the purpose of—
(a)
investigating a breach or possible breach of this Law, the Regulations or the
Rules; or
(b)
commencing or conducting proceedings for a breach or possible breach of
this Law, the Regulations or the Rules; or
(c)
commencing or conducting an appeal from a decision in proceedings for a breach
or possible breach of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules; or
(d)
responding to an application for review of a decision of the AER under Part 6
Division 3A.
(4) A market
monitoring information order must be made in accordance with the Rules.
(5) The Regulations or
the Rules may provide that a market monitoring information notice or a market
monitoring information order must not be used to obtain the following:
(a) 1 or
more classes of relevant agreement;
(b)
information about 1 or more classes of relevant agreement.
18EH—AER must consult before making order
(1) Before making a
market monitoring information order, the AER must consult the public.
(2) Consultation must
be undertaken in accordance with the Rules.
18EI—Publication of orders
The AER must publish a market monitoring information order on the AER’s
website as soon as practicable after the order is made.
18EJ—Opportunity to be heard before notice served
(1) Before serving a
market monitoring information notice, the AER must give the person on whom the
AER intends to serve the notice a draft of the notice and an opportunity to
make a submission on the draft notice.
(2) A draft notice
must state—
(a)
whether the notice is to be issued as a standard notice or an urgent notice;
and
(b) for
an urgent notice—the reasons the AER believes access to the relevant
information is time critical.
(3) A submission must
be made—
(a) for
a standard notice—within the longer of the following:
(i)
20 business days after the draft notice is given to the
person;
(ii)
the period stated in the notice; or
(b) for
an urgent notice—within the period stated in the draft notice, being at
least 5 business days and not more than 10 business days after the draft
notice is given to the person.
(4) A submission made
within the time periods provided for in subsection (3) must be considered
by the AER before serving a market monitoring information notice on a person.
18EK—Compliance with notice
(1) A person who is
named in and served with a market monitoring information notice must comply
with the notice.
Note—
This section is a civil penalty provision.
(2) If a market
monitoring information notice names 2 or more related bodies corporate, a
notice served on the holding company is taken to have been served on each of
the named related bodies corporate.
18EL—Compliance with order
(1) A person who is a
member of a class of persons specified in a market monitoring information
order must comply with the order.
Note—
This section is a civil penalty provision.
(2) The AER may, by
written notice, exempt a person from compliance with an order—
(a) in
whole or part; and
(b)
conditionally or unconditionally.
18EM—Certification of compliance by statutory declaration
(1) The AER may direct
the recipient of a market monitoring information notice or market monitoring
information order to verify that the recipient’s response to the notice
or order is accurate and comprehensive by way of a statutory declaration.
(2) A direction may
require the statutory declaration to be given by a named officer of the
recipient or the holder of a specified office for the recipient.
(3) A direction must
be given in the relevant market monitoring information notice or market
monitoring information order.
(4) A failure to
comply with a direction given under this section is taken to be a failure to
comply with the relevant market monitoring information notice or market
monitoring information order.
18EN—Subdivision does not limit powers under Division 3
This Subdivision does not limit the operation of Division 3.
Subdivision 4—Miscellaneous
18EO—Wholesale market monitoring guidelines
(1) The AER must
prepare guidelines ( wholesale market monitoring guidelines ) about the
following:
(a) the
scope of the AER wholesale market monitoring functions;
(b) the
collection of information for the purposes of this Division;
(c) the
publication and reporting of information under this Division.
(2) Without limiting
what may be included in wholesale market monitoring guidelines, the guidelines
must include the following:
(a)
information about the things the AER proposes to consider in assessing—
(i)
competition in markets; and
(ii)
the effective functioning of markets;
(b) a
summary of the compliance obligations of persons who hold information;
(c) the
processes the AER proposes to adopt in requesting information, including
processes designed to minimise the time and resources Registered participants
will devote to responding to a request;
(d) the
type of information the AER expects to routinely request and how frequently it
will request that information;
(e) the
type of information the AER does not expect to request;
(f)
classes of relevant agreements the AER does not expect to request;
(g) the
formats in which the AER expects information to be submitted;
(h) a
general outline of the way the AER will ensure that commercially sensitive
information obtained for wholesale market monitoring functions is kept
securely;
(i)
other matters prescribed by the Regulations or the Rules.
(3) Before making
wholesale market monitoring guidelines the AER must consult in accordance with
the Rules.
(4) Wholesale market
monitoring guidelines must be—
(a) made
in accordance with the Rules; and
(b)
published on the AER website within 6 months after commencement of this
section.
18EP—Review of wholesale market monitoring powers
The MCE is to review the operation of this Division as soon as possible after
the period of 4 years and 6 months after the commencement of this
section.
Division 1B—Rate of return instrument
Subdivision 1—Preliminary
18F—Definitions
In this Division—
consumer reference group , for making a rate of return instrument, see
section 18M(1)(a);
explanatory information , for a rate of return instrument, means information
about the content of the instrument, including (but not limited to)
information explaining—
(a) the
reasons for the rate of return on capital or the value of imputation credits
under the instrument; and
(b) how
the stated value, or the way to calculate the rate or value, was decided; and
(c) if
the instrument replaces another instrument—
(i)
the differences (if any) between the instrument and the
replaced instrument; and
(ii)
the reasons for any differences; and
(d) why
the AER is satisfied the instrument will, or is most likely to, contribute to
the achievement of the national electricity objective to the greatest degree;
and
(e) how
the AER had regard to the following in making the instrument:
(i)
the revenue and pricing principles;
(ii)
the matters mentioned in section 18L;
(iii)
estimation methods, financial models, market data and
other evidence relevant to making the instrument;
(iv)
prevailing conditions in the market for equity funds;
(v)
the interrelationships between financial parameters used,
or to be used, in relation to deciding the rate or value.
18G—Rate of return instrument has force of law
(1) A rate of return
instrument has the force of law in this jurisdiction.
(2) An Act of
this jurisdiction regulating the making of subordinate legislation does not
apply to a rate of return instrument.
18H—Rate of return instrument is binding on AER and network service
providers
A rate of return instrument is binding on—
(a) the
AER in relation to the performance or exercise of an AER economic regulatory
function or power; and
(b) each
network service provider in relation to a matter relevant to the performance
or exercise of an AER economic regulatory function or power.
Subdivision 2—Requirement to make rate of return instrument
18I—AER to make rate of return instrument
(1) This section
applies if a rate of return on capital or the value of imputation credits is
required for performing or exercising an AER economic regulatory function or
power.
(2) The AER must make
an instrument (a rate of return instrument ) stating—
(a) for
a rate of return on capital—the way to calculate the rate; and
(b) for
the value of imputation credits—the value or the way to calculate the
value.
(3) The AER may make
an instrument only if satisfied the instrument will, or is most likely to,
contribute to the achievement of the national electricity objective to the
greatest degree.
(4) Subject to
subsection (3), the way to calculate a rate of return on capital must
include a weighted average of an allowed return on equity and an allowed
return on debt.
(5) In making an
instrument, the AER must have regard to—
(a) the
revenue and pricing principles; and
(b)
other information the AER considers appropriate.
18J—Content of rate of return instrument
(1) If a rate of
return instrument states the value of imputation credits, the instrument must
state a single value to apply in relation to all regulated network service
providers.
(2) If a rate of
return instrument states a way to calculate the rate of return on capital or
the value of imputation credits, the instrument must—
(a)
provide for the same methodology to apply in relation to all regulated network
service providers in calculating the rate or value; and
(b)
provide for the methodology to apply automatically without the exercise of any
discretion by the AER.
Example for paragraph (b)—
The instrument can not include different methodologies or a band of values
from which the AER could choose in applying the instrument.
(3) Subject to
subsections (1) and (2), the instrument may include other matters the AER
considers appropriate.
Example—
Matters to help a regulated network service provider calculate a rate of
return or the value of imputation credits.
Subdivision 3—Consultation requirements
18K—Process for making rate of return instrument
Subject to this Division, the AER may make a rate of return instrument in the
way it considers appropriate.
18L—Other matters AER must have regard to in making instrument
In making a rate of return instrument, the AER must also have regard to the
following:
(a)
advice, recommendations or submissions given by a consumer reference group;
(b)
submissions made, and the report published, under section 18M;
(c)
submissions made under section 18O;
(d) the
report given by the independent panel under section 18P.
18M—Requirements before publishing draft instrument
(1) Before publishing
a draft rate of return instrument under this Subdivision, the AER must—
(a)
establish a reference group to help the AER implement an effective consumer
consultation process for making the proposed instrument (a consumer reference
group ); and
(b)
publish a notice on its website—
(i)
inviting persons to make a written submission to the AER
about the proposed instrument; and
(ii)
stating the period, not less than 28 days, within which a
submission must be made; and
(c) seek
concurrent expert opinions or evidence about the proposed instrument.
(2) A person may make
a submission after the stated period only with the written approval of the
AER.
(3) Subject to
subsections (4) and (5), the AER may seek the expert opinions or evidence
in the way it considers appropriate.
Example—
The AER might convene a conference of experts to identify key issues, and
areas of dispute and agreement among the experts, about the content of the
proposed instrument.
(4) The AER must call
for nominations of eligible experts but may seek the expert opinions or
evidence from any eligible expert.
(5) If practicable,
the AER must seek the expert opinions or evidence from at least 3 eligible
experts.
(6) The AER must
publish on its website—
(a)
submissions made under this section; and
(b) a
report on the outcomes of seeking the expert opinions or evidence.
(7) In this
section—
eligible expert means a person with qualifications or experience in a field
the AER considers relevant to making a rate of return instrument.
Examples of relevant fields—
Finance, economics, law, consumer affairs, institutional investment.
18N—Consumer reference group
(1) A consumer
reference group for making a rate of return instrument—
(a) is
to consist of the members appointed by the AER; and
(b) may
carry out its activities, including giving advice or recommendations to the
AER about the instrument, in the way it considers appropriate.
(2) Without limiting
subsection (1)(b), the consumer reference group may—
(a)
consult with consumers of electricity; and
(b)
facilitate consumer engagement in the process for making the instrument; and
(c) make
written submissions to the AER about the content of the instrument and the
process for making it.
(3) The AER must
publish on its website any written advice, recommendations or submissions
given to it by the consumer reference group.
18O—Publication of draft instrument and other information
(1) The AER must, at
least 6 months before making a rate of return instrument, publish on its
website—
(a) a
draft of the proposed instrument and the explanatory information for the
instrument; and
(b) a
notice—
(i)
inviting persons to make a written submission to the AER
about the proposed instrument; and
(ii)
stating the period, not less than 28 days, within
which a submission must be made.
(2) A person may make
a submission after the stated period only with the written approval of the
AER.
(3) The AER must
publish submissions made under this section on its website.
18P—Report about draft instrument by independent panel
(1) The AER must, as
soon as practicable after publishing the draft instrument, establish an
independent panel to give the AER a written report about the instrument.
(2) The panel—
(a) may
carry out its activities, including giving the report, in the way it considers
appropriate; but
(b) must
seek to give the report by consensus.
(3) The panel
must—
(a)
consist of at least 3 members, appointed by the AER, who have
qualifications or experience in a field the AER considers relevant to making a
rate of return instrument; and
Examples of relevant fields—
Finance, economics, law, consumer affairs, institutional investment.
(b) give
the report to the AER before the AER makes the instrument.
(4) The AER must take
reasonable steps to minimise and manage any conflicts of interest a panel
member may have in relation to making the instrument.
(5) The report
must—
(a)
include the panel's assessment of the evidence and reasons supporting the rate
of return on capital or the value of imputation credits under the instrument;
and
(b)
state whether the report is given by consensus.
(6) The AER must
publish the report on its website.
18Q—Publication of explanatory information
The AER must publish explanatory information for a rate of return instrument
on its website when the instrument is published under section 18S.
18R—Failure to comply does not affect validity
Failure to comply with this Subdivision does not invalidate or otherwise
affect a rate of return instrument.
Subdivision 4—Publication, review and other matters
18S—Publication of rate of return instrument
After making a rate of return instrument, the AER must publish the instrument
on its website.
Note—
See section 18Q for the requirement to publish explanatory information
for the instrument.
18T—Commencement and duration of instrument
A rate of return instrument—
(a)
commences on the day after it is published on the AER's website; and
(b)
remains in force until the end of the day it is replaced under
section 18U.
18U—Review and replacement of instrument
(1) The AER
must—
(a)
review each rate of return instrument; and
(b) make
a new rate of return instrument under this Division to replace the reviewed
instrument.
(2) The AER must
replace the reviewed instrument by publishing the new instrument on its
website on the day that is—
(a) the
fourth anniversary of the day the reviewed instrument was published; or
(b) if
the day mentioned in paragraph (a) is not a business day—the first
business day after that day.
18V—Application of instrument
(1) A rate of return
instrument—
(a)
applies for the purposes of an AER economic regulatory decision made after the
commencement of the instrument; and
(b) does
not affect an AER economic regulatory decision made before the commencement of
the instrument.
(2) To remove any
doubt, it is declared that the application of the instrument under this Law,
including, for example, in making a distribution determination or transmission
determination, is an AER economic regulatory function or power.
18W—Rate of return instrument may apply for this Law and the National
Gas Law
(1) The AER may make 1
rate of return instrument for the purposes of this Law and the National Gas
Law.
(2) If the AER acts
under subsection (1)—
(a) the
process for making the instrument under Chapter 2 Part 1 Division 1A
of the National Gas Law is taken to have been complied with for the
instrument; and
(b) the
instrument is taken to be the rate of return instrument for the purposes of
the National Gas Law.
Note—
See also section 30R of the National Gas Law.
(3) To remove any
doubt, it is declared that the instrument may include different ways to
calculate the rate of return on capital and the value of imputation credits
for the purposes of this Law and the National Gas Law.
Subdivision 5—Confidentiality of information
18X—Confidentiality
(1) If a person wishes
to give information to the AER for the purposes of this Division in
confidence—
(a) the
person must give the AER written notice that the person claims the information
is confidential; and
(b) give
reasons to support the claim, including—
(i)
information about the detriment that might be caused to
the person if the information were disclosed by the AER; and
(ii)
information that—
(A) is reasonably within the person's
knowledge and capacity to give; and
(B) may be relevant to the AER's
consideration under section 28ZB about whether the public benefit in
disclosing the information outweighs the detriment.
(2) In giving reasons
to support a claim under subsection (1) about information received from
another person (a third party), a person may include information that—
(a) is
reasonably within the person's knowledge and capacity to give; and
(b) is
about the detriment that might be caused to the third party if the information
were disclosed by the AER; and
(c) may
be relevant to the AER's consideration under section 28ZB about whether
the public benefit in disclosing the information outweighs the detriment.
(3) In acting under
subsection (1), a person must specifically identify the information in
relation to which the claim is made.
(4) Information given
to the AER for the purposes of this Division is not to be regarded as being
given in confidence, or to be confidential in any way, unless the information
is subject to an express claim of confidentiality made under this section.
18Y—Disclosure of information given in confidence
(1) Division 6 applies
in relation to publishing information given to the AER in confidence under
this Division.
(2) In this
section—
information includes advice, recommendations, submissions and reports.
Division 1C—Retailer Reliability Obligation—AER compliance regime
18Z—Definitions
In this Division—
compliance audit —see section 18ZE or 18ZF;
regulated entity —see section 18ZA(2);
Reliability Compliance Procedures and Guidelines —see section 18ZI.
18ZA—Obligation of AER to monitor compliance
(1) The AER must
monitor compliance of regulated entities with the Retailer Reliability
Obligation.
(2) Each of the
following persons is a regulated entity for the purposes of this Division:
(a) a
liable entity;
(b)
another person prescribed by the Rules.
18ZB—Obligation of regulated entities to establish arrangements to
monitor compliance
(1) A regulated entity
must establish policies, systems and procedures to enable it to efficiently
and effectively monitor its compliance with the Retailer Reliability
Obligation.
(2) The policies,
systems and procedures must be established and observed in accordance with the
Reliability Compliance Procedures and Guidelines.
18ZC—Obligation of regulated entities to keep records
(1) A regulated entity
must keep records of its activities that—
(a)
allow the regulated entity to give accurate information and data relating to
its compliance with the Retailer Reliability Obligation; and
(b)
enable the AER to assess whether the regulated entity has complied with its
obligations under the Retailer Reliability Obligation; and
(c)
comply with the requirements of subsection (2) and Rules made for the
purposes of subsection (3).
(2) The regulated
entity must keep the records for 5 years from the end of the year in
which the activities take place.
Note—
Subsections (1) and (2) are civil penalty provisions: See the
definition of civil penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
(3) The Rules may
state requirements about the type and form of records that must be kept
under subsection (1).
18ZD—Obligation of regulated entities to provide information and data
about compliance
A regulated entity must give the AER, in the manner, form and timeframes
required by the Reliability Compliance Procedures and Guidelines, information
and data relating to the regulated entity's compliance with the Retailer
Reliability Obligation.
Note—
This section is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil penalty
provision in section 2AA(1).
18ZE—Compliance audits by AER
(1) The AER may carry
out an audit (a compliance audit ) of a regulated entity's activities to
assess the regulated entity's compliance with the Retailer Reliability
Obligation.
(2) Without
limitation, a compliance audit may be carried out to assess a regulated
entity's compliance with the reliability obligations.
(3) The AER may carry
out a compliance audit by arranging for a contractor or another person to
carry out the compliance audit on the AER's behalf.
(4) The cost of
carrying out a compliance audit of a regulated entity under this section
is—
(a) an
amount determined under the Reliability Compliance Procedures and Guidelines;
and
(b)
recoverable by the AER from the regulated entity.
18ZF—Compliance audits by regulated entities
(1) If required by the
AER, a regulated entity must carry out an audit (a compliance audit ) of
specified aspects of the entity's activities relating to the entity's
compliance with the Retailer Reliability Obligation.
(2) The regulated
entity may carry out a compliance audit by arranging for a contractor or
another person to carry out the compliance audit on the entity's behalf, but
the entity remains responsible for the carrying out of the compliance audit.
(3) A regulated entity
must give the AER the results of a compliance audit carried out under this
section within a period specified by the AER.
Note—
Subsections (1) and (3) are civil penalty provisions: See the
definition of civil penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
18ZG—Carrying out compliance audit
A compliance audit must be carried out in accordance with the Reliability
Compliance Procedures and Guidelines.
18ZH—Use of information
The AER may use any information or data given by a regulated entity under
section 18ZD or 18ZF, or obtained under section 18ZE, for the
purposes of any of the functions and powers of the AER under section 15
of this Law.
Note—
Otherwise, the AER is subject to Division 6 of this Part and
section 44AAF of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the
Commonwealth in respect of the disclosure of confidential information it
receives.
18ZI—Reliability Compliance Procedures and Guidelines
(1) The AER must make
procedures and guidelines (the Reliability Compliance Procedures and
Guidelines ) in accordance with the consultation procedure provided for under
the Rules.
(2) Without
limitation, the Reliability Compliance Procedures and Guidelines may provide
guidance for regulated entities about the following:
(a)
compliance with the obligations under the Retailer Reliability Obligation,
including, for example—
(i)
the reliability obligations; and
(ii)
establishing policies, systems and procedures to monitor
its compliance under section 18ZB; and
(iii)
the information and data about compliance required to be
given to the AER under section 18ZD;
(b) the
carrying out of compliance audits, including the costs payable by regulated
entities;
(c) any
additional matters that the AER intends to include in its compliance reports.
Division 1D—AER trial waiver functions
18ZJ—Definitions
In this Division—
proponent —see section 18ZL(1).
18ZK—Interpretative matters
(1) The functions of
the AER under this Division are the AER trial waiver functions .
(2) This Division does
not limit any other provision of this Law or the Rules that provides for an
exemption from, or for the waiver of, compliance with this Law or the Rules.
18ZL—Trial waiver
(1) Subject to this
section, the AER may, on application by a person or body that proposes to
undertake a trial project (a proponent ), make a determination to grant the
proponent an exemption (a trial waiver ) from 1 or more of the following:
(a)
section 11 of this Law;
(b) the
Rules, or a provision of the Rules.
(2) Before making a
determination to grant a trial waiver, the AER must have regard to the
innovative trial principles and any matter required by the Rules.
(3) An application for
a trial waiver must be made in accordance with the Rules.
18ZM—Conditions of trial waiver
(1) A trial waiver
must be in writing and—
(a) must
be subject to any conditions required by the Rules; and
(b) may
be subject to any conditions the AER considers appropriate.
(2) The AER may vary
or revoke a condition of a trial waiver in accordance with the Rules.
18ZN—Consultation on trial waiver
Before granting a trial waiver, the AER must—
(a)
comply with any requirements specified by the Rules; and
(b)
undertake consultation (including with the proponent) in accordance with the
Rules.
18ZO—Publication etc of trial waiver
As soon as practicable after a trial waiver is made, a copy of the trial
waiver must be published on the AER's website.
18ZP—Duration of trial waiver
Subject to this Division, a trial waiver has effect from the day specified in
the trial waiver and for the period (not exceeding 5 years) specified in
the trial waiver.
18ZQ—Extension of trial waiver
(1) The AER may, in
accordance with the Rules, extend the period for which a trial waiver granted
under this Division has effect by a period determined by the AER (which cannot
exceed the period prescribed by the Regulations).
(2) Before granting an
extension under subsection (1), the AER must have regard to the
innovative trial principles and any matter required by the Rules.
(3) An extension under
subsection (1) must be in writing and must be published on the AER's
website.
(4) An extension under
subsection (1) may only be granted once in respect of a trial waiver
granted under this Division.
18ZR—Compliance with trial waiver
(1) A proponent
granted a trial waiver must comply with any conditions to which the trial
waiver is subject.
(2) If a proponent
breaches subsection (1), the AER may—
(a)
revoke the trial waiver; or
(b) vary
or revoke a condition of, or impose further conditions on, the trial waiver.
(3) Nothing in this
section limits section 18ZS.
18ZS—Revocation of trial waiver
The AER may, in accordance with the Rules, revoke a trial waiver granted under
this Division.
18ZT—Other matters
(1) The AER must not
grant a trial waiver if the AER reasonably considers—
(a) that
the trial project for which the trial waiver is sought is materially similar
to a trial project—
(i)
for which a trial Rule has been made; or
(ii)
that is the subject of a request under section 91(1)
for the making of a trial Rule; or
(b) that
the trial project is unlikely to be carried out.
(2) The AER cannot
grant itself a trial waiver.
Division 2—Search warrants
19—Definitions
In this Division—
authorised person means a person authorised under section 20;
relevant provision means a provision of this Law, the Regulations or the
Rules.
20—Authorised person
(1) The AER may, in
writing, authorise a person that the AER considers is suitably qualified or
trained to be an authorised person for the purposes of this Division.
(2) An authorised
person must comply with any direction of the AER in exercising powers or
functions as an authorised person.
20A—Identity cards
(1) The AER must issue
an identity card to an authorised person.
(2) The identity card
must contain the name, a recent photograph and the signature of the authorised
person.
(3) An authorised
person must carry the identity card at all times when exercising powers or
performing functions as an authorised person.
(4) An authorised
person must produce his or her identity card for inspection—
(a)
before exercising a power as an authorised person; or
(b) at
any time during the exercise of a power as an authorised person, if asked to
do so.
20B—Return of identity cards
If a person to whom an identity card has been issued ceases to be an
authorised person, the person must return the identity card to the AER as soon
as practicable.
Maximum penalty: $620.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
21—Search warrant
(1) An authorised
person may apply to a magistrate for the issue of a search warrant in relation
to a particular place if the person—
(a)
believes on reasonable grounds that—
(i)
there is or has been or will be a breach of a relevant
provision; and
(ii)
there is or may be a thing or things of a particular kind
connected with that breach on or in that place; or
(b)
reasonably suspects that—
(i)
there may have been a breach of a relevant provision; and
(ii)
there is or may be a thing or things of a particular kind
connected with that breach on or in that place.
(2) If a magistrate is
satisfied by the evidence, on oath or by affidavit, of an authorised person
that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that there is, or may be
within the next 7 days, a thing or things of a particular kind connected with
a breach or possible breach of a relevant provision on or in a place, the
magistrate may issue a search warrant authorising an authorised person named
in the warrant—
(a) to
enter the place specified in the warrant, with such assistance and by the use
of such force as is necessary and reasonable;
(b) to
search the place or any part of the place;
(c) to
search for and seize a thing named or described in the warrant and which the
person believes on reasonable grounds to be connected with the breach or
possible breach of the relevant provision;
(d) to
inspect, examine or record an image of anything in the place;
(e) to
take extracts from, and make copies of, any documents in the place;
(f) to
take into the place such equipment and materials as the person requires for
exercising the powers.
(3) A search warrant
issued under this section must state—
(a) the
purpose for which the search is required and the nature of the suspected
breach of the relevant provision; and
(b) any
conditions to which the warrant is subject; and
(c)
whether entry is authorised to be made at any time of the day or night or
during stated hours of the day or night; and
(d) a
day, not later than 7 days after the issue of the warrant, on which the
warrant ceases to have effect.
(4) Except as provided
by this Law, the rules to be observed with respect to search warrants
mentioned in any relevant laws of this jurisdiction extend and apply to
warrants under this section.
22—Announcement of entry and details of warrant to be given to occupier
or other person at premises
(1) This section
applies if the occupier or another person who apparently represents the
occupier is present at premises when a search warrant is being executed.
(2) The authorised
person executing the warrant must—
(a)
identify himself or herself to that person; and
(b)
announce that he or she is authorised by the warrant to enter the place; and
(c)
before using force to enter, give the person an opportunity to allow entry;
and
(d) give
the person a copy of the warrant.
(3) The authorised
person executing the warrant is not entitled to exercise any powers under the
warrant in relation to premises if the authorised person does not comply with
subsection (2).
23—Announcement before entry
An authorised person executing a warrant need not comply with section 22
if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that immediate entry to premises
is required to ensure—
(a) the
safety of any person; or
(b) that
the effective execution of the search warrant is not frustrated.
24—Copies of seized documents
(1) If an authorised
person executing a warrant retains possession of a document seized from a
person in accordance with the warrant, the authorised person must give that
other person, within 21 days of the seizure, a copy of the document certified
as correct by the authorised person executing the warrant.
(2) A copy of a
document certified under subsection (1) shall be received in all relevant
courts and all tribunals as evidence of equal validity to the original.
25—Retention and return of seized documents or things
(1) If an authorised
person executing a warrant seizes a document or other thing in accordance with
the warrant, the authorised person must if he or she is not a person employed
by the AER, give the document or other thing seized to the AER.
(2) The AER must take
reasonable steps to return the document or thing to the person from whom it
was seized if the reason for its seizure no longer exists.
(3) If the document or
thing seized has not been returned within 3 months after it was seized,
the AER must take reasonable steps to return it unless—
(a)
proceedings for the purpose for which the document or thing was retained have
commenced within that 3 month period and those proceedings (including any
appeal) have not been completed; or
(b) a
magistrate makes an order under section 26 extending the period during
which the document or thing may be retained.
26—Extension of period of retention of documents or things seized
(1) The AER may apply
to a magistrate—
(a)
within 3 months after a document or other thing was seized in accordance with
a warrant; or
(b) if
an extension has been granted under this section, before the end of the period
of the extension,
for an extension of the period for which the AER may retain the document or
thing but so that the total period of retention does not exceed 12 months.
(2) An application
must be made before proceedings for the purpose for which the document or
thing was retained have been commenced.
(3) A magistrate may
order such an extension if he or she is satisfied that—
(a) it
is in the interests of justice; and
(b) the
total period of retention does not exceed 12 months; and
(c)
retention of the document or other thing is necessary—
(i)
for the purposes of an investigation into whether a
breach of a relevant provision has occurred; or
(ii)
to enable evidence of a breach of a relevant provision to
be obtained for the purposes of a proceeding under this Law.
(4) If proceedings are
commenced for the purpose for which the document or thing was retained at any
time before the expiry of the period specified in an order under this section,
the document or thing may be retained until those proceedings (including any
appeal) have been completed despite those proceedings being completed after
the period specified in the order.
(5) At least 7 days
prior to the hearing of an application under this section by a magistrate,
notice of the application must be sent to the owner of the document or thing
described in the application.
27—Obstruction of person authorised to enter
A person must not, without reasonable excuse, obstruct or hinder an authorised
person in the exercise of a power under a search warrant under this Division.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$3 400;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$17 000.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
Division 3—General information gathering powers
28—Power to obtain information and documents in relation to performance
and exercise of functions and powers
(1) If the AER has
reason to believe that a person is capable of providing information, producing
a document or giving evidence that the AER requires for the performance or
exercise of a function or power conferred on it under this Law or the Rules,
the AER may, by notice in writing, serve on that person a notice (a relevant
notice ).
(2) A relevant notice
may require the person to do 1 or more of the following:
(a)
provide to the AER, by writing signed by that person or, in the case of a body
corporate, by a competent officer of the body corporate, within the time and
in the manner specified in the notice, any information of the kind referred to
in subsection (1); or
(b)
produce to the AER, or to a person specified in the notice acting on its
behalf, in accordance with the notice, any documents of the kind referred to
in subsection (1); or
(c)
appear before the AER, or before a member of the staff assisting the AER who
is an SES employee or an acting SES employee and who is specified in the
notice, at a time and place specified in the notice, to provide any
information or to give any evidence of the kind referred to in
subsection (1), either orally or in writing, and to produce any documents
of the kind referred to in subsection (1).
(3) A person on whom a
relevant notice is served must comply with the relevant notice unless the
person has a reasonable excuse.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$6 300;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$31 500.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts specified to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in
the consumer price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's
website.
(3a) A person must
not, when appearing under subsection (2)(c), refuse or fail to answer a
question that the person is required to answer for the purpose of providing
information or giving evidence unless the person has a reasonable excuse.
Maximum penalty: $6 300.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts specified to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in
the consumer price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's
website.
(4) A person must not,
in purported compliance with a relevant notice, provide information or give
evidence that the person knows is false or misleading in a material
particular.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$6 300;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$31 500.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
(5) It is a reasonable
excuse for the purposes of subsection (3) if the person served the
relevant notice is not capable of complying with that notice.
(5a) It is a
reasonable excuse for the purposes of subsection (3a) if the person is
not capable of providing the information or giving the evidence (as the case
may be) to which the question relates.
(6) It is a reasonable
excuse for a natural person to—
(a) fail
to provide information or to give evidence of the kind referred to in
subsection (1) to the AER, or to a person specified in a relevant notice;
(b) fail
to produce a document of the kind referred to in subsection (1) to the
AER, or to a person specified in a relevant notice acting on behalf of the
AER,
if to do so might tend to incriminate the person, or make the person liable to
a criminal penalty, under a law of this jurisdiction or another jurisdiction
in Australia (whether or not that other jurisdiction is a participating
jurisdiction).
(7) It is not a
reasonable excuse for a person to—
(a) fail
to provide information of the kind referred to in subsection (1) to the
AER, or to a person specified in a relevant notice; or
(b) fail
to produce a document of the kind referred to in subsection (1) to the
AER, or to a person specified in a relevant notice acting on behalf of the
AER,
on the ground of any duty of confidence.
(8) This section does
not require a person to—
(a)
provide information that is the subject of legal professional privilege; or
(b)
produce a document the production of which would disclose information that is
the subject of legal professional privilege.
(9) This section does
not require a person to—
(a)
provide information or give evidence that would disclose the contents of a
document prepared for the purposes of a meeting of the Cabinet or a committee
of the Cabinet of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; or
(b)
produce a document prepared for the purposes of a meeting of the Cabinet or a
committee of the Cabinet of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; or
(c)
provide information, give evidence or produce a document that would disclose
the deliberations of the Cabinet or a committee of the Cabinet of the
Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory.
(9a) The AER, or a
person specified in a relevant notice under this section, may require evidence
given under subsection (2)(c) to be given on oath or affirmation and for
that purpose the AER or specified person (as the case may be) may administer
the oath or affirmation.
(9b) A person must
not, without reasonable excuse, refuse or fail to be sworn or to make an
affirmation under subsection (9a).
Maximum penalty: $6 300.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
(10) A person incurs,
by complying with a relevant notice, no liability for breach of contract,
breach of confidence or any other civil wrong.
(11) Subject to the
preceding subsections, the Court may, on application by the AER on behalf of
the Commonwealth, if satisfied that a person has breached subsection (3)
or (3a), make an order that the person take such action as the Court
requires for remedying the breach.
(12) To avoid doubt,
the Court may act under subsection (11) if satisfied on the balance of
probabilities that a person is in breach of subsection (3) or (3a)
(as the case may be).
(13) The AER must not
exercise, or continue to exercise, a power under subsection (1) in
relation to a matter (and any notice under that subsection will cease to have
effect)—
(a)
after the AER has commenced proceedings in relation to the matter, other than
proceedings for an injunction (whether interim or final); or
(b) if
proceedings for a final injunction have been commenced by the AER—after
the close of pleadings in those proceedings.
(14)
Subsection (13) does not prevent the AER from—
(a)
using any information, evidence or document acquired under this section in any
proceedings if the information, evidence or document has been obtained before
the commencement of those proceedings; or
(b)
exercising a power under this section for a purpose other than for the
purposes of proceedings referred to in that subsection.
(15) Any information,
evidence or document obtained under subsection (14)(b) may be used in any
proceedings if it is found to be relevant to those proceedings.
(16) The Regulations
may make any other provision in relation to the form, content or service of a
notice under this section.
(17) An annual report
for the AER must include the following information relating to the relevant
reporting period for that report:
(aa) the
number of notices given under this section for the purposes of a function
under Division 1A;
(a) the
number of notices (if any) given under subsection (2)(c) during the
reporting period to appear to provide information or to give evidence orally;
(b) in
relation to a notice under paragraph (a)—a general description of
the nature of the matter or matters in respect of which the notice was given;
(c) the
number of proceedings (if any) commenced during the reporting period to
challenge a notice given under subsection (2)(c) to appear to provide
information or to give evidence orally.
(18) A person must
not—
(a)
threaten, intimidate or coerce another person; or
(b)
cause or procure damage, loss or disadvantage to another person,
because that other person—
(c)
proposes to provide information, give evidence or produce a document in
response to a notice under this section; or
(d)
proposes to appear, or has appeared, in response to a notice under this
section.
Maximum penalty: $6 300.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
(19) In this
section—
acting SES employee has the same meaning as in the Public Service
Act 1999 of the Commonwealth;
SES employee has the same meaning as in the Public Service Act 1999 of
the Commonwealth.
Division 4—Regulatory information notices and general regulatory
information orders
Subdivision 1—Interpretation
28A—Definitions
In this Division—
contributing service has the meaning given by section 28B;
related provider means a person who supplies a contributing service to a
regulated network service provider.
28B—Meaning of contributing service
(1) A contributing
service is a service that the AER, in accordance with this section, decides is
a service that contributes in a material way to the provision of an
electricity network service by a regulated network service provider.
(2) In deciding
whether a service is a service that contributes in a material way to the
provision of an electricity network service by a regulated network service
provider, the AER must have regard to—
(a) the
nature and kind of the service;
(b) when
the service was first supplied;
(c) the
nature and extent of the contribution of the service relative to—
(i)
the electricity network service; and
(ii)
all other services supplied by the regulated network
service provider;
(d)
whether the service was previously supplied—
(i)
by the regulated network service provider; or
(ii)
directly or indirectly by an associate of the regulated
network service provider;
(e)
whether the service, together with other services, contributes in a material
way to the provision of electricity network services;
(f) any
other matter specified under the Rules.
28C—Meaning of general regulatory information order
A general regulatory information order is an order made by the AER in
accordance with this Division that requires each regulated network service
provider of a specified class, or each related provider of a specified class,
to do either or both of the following:
(a)
provide to the AER the information specified in the order;
(b)
prepare, maintain or keep information specified in the notice in a manner and
form specified in the order.
28D—Meaning of regulatory information notice
A regulatory information notice is a notice prepared and served by the AER in
accordance with this Division that requires the regulated network service
provider, or a related provider, named in the notice to do either or both of
the following:
(a)
provide to the AER the information specified in the notice;
(b)
prepare, maintain or keep information specified in the notice in a manner and
form specified in the notice.
28E—Division does not limit operation of information gathering powers
under Division 3
This Division does not limit the operation of Division 3.
Subdivision 2—Serving and making of regulatory information instruments
28F—Service and making of regulatory information instruments
(1) Subject to this
Division, the AER, if it considers it reasonably necessary for the performance
or exercise of its functions or powers under this Law or the Rules, may—
(a)
serve a regulatory information notice on a regulated network service provider
or a related provider; or
(b) make
a general regulatory information order.
(2) In considering
whether it is reasonably necessary to serve a regulatory information notice,
or make a general regulatory information order, the AER must have regard
to—
(a) the
matter to be addressed by—
(i)
the service of the regulatory information notice; or
(ii)
the making of the general regulatory information order;
and
(b) the
likely costs that may be incurred by an efficient network service provider or
efficient related provider in complying with the notice or order.
Note—
The AER must also exercise its powers under this section in a manner that will
or is likely to contribute to the achievement of the national electricity
objective: see section 16.
(3) A regulatory
information notice must not be served, or a general regulatory information
order must not be made, solely for the purpose of—
(a)
investigating breaches or possible breaches of provisions of this Law, the
Regulations or the Rules, including offences against this Law; or
(b)
instituting and conducting proceedings in relation to breaches of provisions
of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules, including offences against
this Law; or
(c)
instituting and conducting appeals from decisions in proceedings referred to
in paragraph (b); or
(e) any
application for review of a decision of the AER under Division 3A of Part 6.
28G—Additional matters to be considered for related provider regulatory
information instruments
(1) This section
applies if the AER is intending to—
(a)
serve a regulatory information notice on a related provider; or
(b) make
a general regulatory information order that will apply to a class of related
providers.
(2) In addition to the
matters set out in section 28F(2), the AER, in considering whether it is
reasonably necessary to serve the regulatory information notice, or make the
general regulatory information order, must have regard to—
(a)
whether the regulated network service provider being supplied a contributing
service by the related provider or related providers to which the intended
regulatory information instrument will apply can—
(i)
provide the information to be specified in that
instrument; or
(ii)
prepare, maintain or keep the information to be specified
in the particular manner and form to be specified in that instrument; and
(b) the
extent to which the related provider or related providers to which the
intended regulatory information instrument will apply is, or are, supplying a
contributing service on a genuinely competitive basis; and
(c) the
nature of any ownership or control between—
(i)
the regulated network service provider being supplied a
contributing service by a related provider to which the intended regulatory
information instrument will apply; and
(ii)
that related provider; and
(d) the
nature of any ownership or control as between different related providers
supplying the contributing service to the regulated network service provider;
and
(e) any
other matter the AER considers relevant.
(3) For the purposes
of subsection (2)(b), in considering whether a contributing service is
being supplied on a genuinely competitive basis, the AER may take into
account—
(a)
whether there is effective competition in the market for the supply of the
contributing service; and
(b)
whether the related provider supplies the contributing service to a regulated
network service provider under a contract, arrangement or understanding
entered into with that regulated network service provider following a
competitive process for the awarding of the right to enter into that contract,
arrangement or understanding involving persons who were not associates of the
regulated network service provider.
28H—AER must consult before publishing a general regulatory information
order
The AER must, in accordance with the Rules, consult with the public in
relation to the general regulatory information order it proposes to make
before it makes that order.
Note—
See also section 28ZC about what the AER must and may do after receiving
submissions.
28I—Publication requirements for general regulatory information orders
(1) A general
regulatory information order made under section 28F(1)(b) must be
published on the AER's website as soon as practicable after it is made.
28J—Opportunity to be heard before regulatory information notice is
served
(1) The AER, before
serving a regulatory information notice, must—
(a)
notify, in writing, the regulated network service provider, or the related
provider, on whom the AER intends to serve the regulatory information notice
of its intention to do so; and
(b) give
the regulated network service provider a draft of the regulatory information
notice it intends to serve.
(2) If the regulatory
information notice to be served is an urgent notice, the AER must, in a notice
under subsection (1)—
(a)
identify the regulatory information notice to be served as an urgent notice;
and
(b) give
its reasons, in writing, why the regulatory information notice to be served is
an urgent notice.
(3) A regulatory
information notice is an urgent notice if—
(a)
under the notice the AER will require the regulated network service provider
or related provider to provide information to the AER; and
(b) that
requirement has arisen because the AER considers it must deal with or address
a particular matter or thing in order for it to make an AER economic
regulatory decision or a rate of return instrument; and
(c) the
AER considers that, having regard to the time within which it must make that
AER economic regulatory decision or rate of return instrument, the time within
which the AER requires the information is of the essence.
(4) A notice under
subsection (1) must—
(a)
invite the regulated network service provider, or the related provider, to
make written representations to the AER as to whether the AER should serve the
regulatory information notice on them; and
(b)
specify the period within which the regulated network service provider, or the
related provider, may make the representations.
(5) The period that
must be specified in accordance with subsection (4) must be—
(a) in
the case of an urgent notice to be served—a period of not less than 5
business days and not more than 10 business days calculated from the date of
the notice under subsection (1);
(b) in
all other cases—a period of at least 20 business days calculated from
the date of the notice under subsection (1).
(6) The AER must
consider the written representations made in accordance with a notice under
subsection (1) before making its decision in accordance with this
Division to serve the regulatory information notice.
Subdivision 3—Form and content of regulatory information instruments
28K—Form and content of regulatory information instrument
(1) A regulatory
information instrument—
(a) must
specify the information required to be—
(i)
provided to the AER;
(ii)
prepared, maintained or kept in the particular manner and
form specified in the instrument; and
(b) may
specify the manner and form in which the information described in the
instrument is required to be—
(i)
provided to the AER;
(ii)
prepared, maintained or kept; and
(c) must
state the reasons of the AER for requiring the information described in the
instrument to be—
(i)
provided to the AER;
(ii)
prepared, maintained or kept in the particular manner and
form specified in the instrument; and
(d) in
the case of an instrument requiring information to be provided to the AER,
must specify when the information must be provided.
(2) In the case of a
regulatory information notice, the notice must name the regulated network
service provider or the related provider to whom it applies.
(3) In the case of a
general regulatory information order, the order must specify the class of
regulated network service provider, or related provider, to whom the order
applies.
28L—Further provision about the information that may be specified in a
regulatory information instrument
Without limiting section 28K(1)(a), the information that may be required
to be provided to the AER, or to be prepared, maintained or kept, may
include—
(a)
historic, current and forecast information (including financial information);
(b)
information that is or may be derived from other information in the possession
or control of the service provider or the related provider to whom the
instrument applies;
(c)
information to enable the AER to verify whether the regulated network service
provider to whom the instrument applies is or has been complying with a
requirement under the Rules relating to—
(i)
the operational and structural separation of a regulated
network service provider's business; or
(ii)
arrangements between a regulated network service provider
and an associate that provides electricity network services;
(d)
information to enable the AER to verify compliance with any requirements for
the allocation of costs between electricity services under—
(i)
the Rules; or
(ii)
a network revenue or pricing determination.
28M—Further provision about manner in which information must be provided
to AER or kept
Without limiting section 28K(1)(b), a regulatory information instrument
may require that the information specified in the instrument—
(a) be
provided to the AER, or prepared, maintained or kept, on an annual basis or
some other basis, including on the occurrence of a specified event or a state
of affairs;
(b) be
provided to the AER, or prepared, maintained or kept, in accordance with
specified Rules;
(c) be
provided to the AER, or prepared, maintained or kept, in accordance with any
document, code, standard, rule, specification or method formulated, issued,
prescribed or published by the AER or any person, authority or body
whether—
(i)
wholly or partially or as amended by the instrument; or
(ii)
as formulated, issued, prescribed or published at the
time the instrument is served or published or at any time before the
instrument is served or published; or
(iii)
as amended from time to time;
Example—
The AER may require a service provider to provide information in a form and
manner that complies with relevant accounting standards.
(d) be
verified by way of statutory declaration by an officer of the regulated
network service provider, or of a related provider, to whom the instrument
applies;
(e) be
audited—
(i)
by a class of person specified in the instrument before
it is provided to the AER; and
(ii)
at the expense of the regulated network service provider
or related provider to whom the instrument applies.
Subdivision 4—Compliance with regulatory information instruments
28N—Compliance with regulatory information notice that is served
On being served a regulatory information notice, a person named in the notice
must comply with the notice.
Note—
This section is a civil penalty provision.
28O—Compliance with general regulatory information order
(1) On publication of
a general regulatory information order in accordance with section 28I(1),
a person who is a member of the class of person to which a general regulatory
information order applies must comply with the order.
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply to a person who has been given an exemption
under section 28P.
Note—
This section is a civil penalty provision.
28OA—Confidentiality issues
(1) If a person
wishes, in complying with a regulatory information instrument, to give
information to the AER in confidence, the person must, when the information is
given to the AER—
(a) make
a claim of confidentiality; and
(b)
provide reasons in support of the claim, which must include—
(i)
information about any detriment that might be caused to
the person if the information were to be disclosed by the AER; and
(ii)
information—
(A) that is reasonably within the person's
knowledge and capacity to give; and
(B) that may be relevant to the AER's
consideration under section 28ZB of whether such detriment may be
considered as outweighing the public benefit in disclosing the information.
(2) A person may, in
providing reasons in support of a claim under subsection (1) in respect
of information received from another person (a third party ), include
information—
(a) that
is reasonably within the person's knowledge and capacity to give; and
(b)
that—
(i)
is about any detriment that might be caused to the third
party if the information were to be disclosed by the AER; and
(ii)
may be relevant to the AER's consideration under
section 28ZB of whether such detriment may be considered as outweighing
the public benefit in disclosing the information.
(3) A person must, in
acting under subsection (1), specifically identify the information in
relation to which the claim is made.
(4) Information given
to the AER in compliance with a regulatory information instrument is not to be
regarded as being given to the AER in confidence (or to be confidential in any
other respect) unless it is subject to an express claim of confidentiality
made in accordance with this section.
28OB—Disclosure of information given to AER in compliance with
regulatory information instrument
The AER, in relation to information given to the AER in compliance with a
regulatory information instrument, is authorised to—
(a) if
no claim of confidentiality has been made in accordance with section 28OA
in relation to the information, disclose the information; or
(b) if a
claim of confidentiality has been made in accordance with section 28OA in
relation to the information, disclose the information in accordance with
Division 6.
28P—Exemptions from compliance with general regulatory information order
(1) The AER may exempt
a person, or a class of person, from complying with section 28O—
(a)
unconditionally or on specified conditions; or
(b)
wholly or to the extent as is specified in the exemption.
(2) An exemption under
this section must be in writing.
28Q—Assumptions where there is non-compliance with regulatory
information instrument
(1) This section
applies if—
(a)
under a regulatory information instrument the AER—
(i)
requires a regulated network service provider to provide
information to the AER for the purpose of enabling the AER to make an AER
economic regulatory decision relating to the regulated network service
provider or to make a rate of return instrument; or
(ii)
requires a related provider to provide information to the
AER that is relevant to the making of an AER economic regulatory decision
relating to a regulated network service provider or the making of a rate of
return instrument; and
(b) the
regulated network service provider or related provider—
(i)
does not provide the information to the AER in accordance
with the applicable regulatory information instrument; or
(ii)
provides information that is insufficient (when compared
to what was requested under the applicable regulatory information instrument).
(2) Without limiting
sections 28N and 28O and despite anything to the contrary in this Law or
the Rules, the AER—
(a) may
make the AER economic regulatory decision or the rate of return instrument on
the basis of the information the AER has at the time it makes that decision or
instrument; and
(b) in
making that decision or instrument, may make reasonable assumptions (including
assumptions adverse to the interests of the regulated network service
provider) in respect of the matters the information required under the
regulatory information instrument would have addressed had that information
been provided as required.
Subdivision 5—General
28R—Providing to AER false and misleading information
A person must not, in purported compliance with a regulatory information
instrument requiring the person to provide information to the AER, provide
information to the AER that the person knows is false or misleading in a
material particular.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$6 300;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$31 500.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
28S—Person cannot rely on duty of confidence to avoid compliance with
regulatory information instrument
(1) A person must not
refuse to comply with a regulatory information instrument on the ground of any
duty of confidence.
(2) A person incurs,
by complying with a regulatory information instrument, no liability for breach
of contract, breach of confidence or any other civil wrong.
28T—Legal professional privilege not affected
A regulatory information instrument, and sections 28N and 28O, are not to
be taken as requiring a person to—
(a)
provide to the AER information that is the subject of legal professional
privilege; or
(b)
produce a document to the AER the production of which would disclose
information that is the subject of legal professional privilege.
28U—Protection against self-incrimination
(1) It is a reasonable
excuse for a natural person to whom section 28N applies not to comply
with a regulatory information notice served on the person requiring the person
to provide information to the AER if to do so might tend to incriminate the
person, or make the person liable to a criminal penalty, under a law of
this jurisdiction or another jurisdiction in Australia (whether or not that
other jurisdiction is a participating jurisdiction).
(2) It is a reasonable
excuse for a natural person to whom section 28O applies not to comply
with a general regulatory information order made requiring the person to
provide information to the AER if to do so might tend to incriminate the
person, or make the person liable to a criminal penalty, under a law of
this jurisdiction or another jurisdiction in Australia (whether or not that
other jurisdiction is a participating jurisdiction).
Division 5—Network service provider performance reports
28V—Preparation of network service provider performance reports
(1) Subject to this
section, the AER may prepare a report on the financial performance or
operational performance of 1 or more network service providers in providing
electricity network services.
Note—
The AER may only prepare a report under subsection (1) if the preparation
of the report will or is likely to contribute to the achievement of the
national electricity objective: see section 16.
(1a) The AER must
prepare a report under this section if (and to the extent) required by the
Rules.
(2) A report prepared
under this section may—
(a) deal
with the financial or operational performance of the network service provider
in relation to—
(i)
complying with (as the case requires) distribution
service standards or transmission service standards; and
(ii)
standards relating to the provision of electricity
network services to network service users or end users; and
(iii)
the profitability and efficiency of network service
providers in providing electricity network services; and
(b) if
the AER considers it appropriate, deal with the performance of the network
service provider in relation to other matters or things if that performance is
directly related to the performance or exercise by the AER of an AER economic
regulatory function or power.
(3) A report prepared
under this section may include—
(a)
information provided to the AER by a person in compliance with a regulatory
information instrument; and
(b) in
the case of a report dealing with the financial performance of 1 or more
network service providers, a comparison of the profitability or efficiency of
the network service providers to which the report relates from the provision
of electricity network services by them.
(4) Before preparing a
report under this section, the AER must, in accordance with the Rules, consult
with the persons or bodies specified by the Rules.
(4A) Any information
that is used to prepare a report under this section may be used by the AER in
preparing any report under the National Energy Retail Law or the National
Energy Retail Rules, including (but not limited to) a retail market
performance report under Division 2 of Part 12 of that Law.
(5) The AER may
publish a report prepared under this section on its website.
Division 6—Disclosure of confidential information held by AER
28W—Authorised disclosure of information given to the AER in confidence
The AER is authorised to disclose information given to it in confidence in, or
in connection with, the performance or exercise of its functions or powers
under this Law or the Rules subject to and in accordance with—
(a) this
Division; or
(b)
section 146.
Note—
See also section 29 of this Law and section 44AAF of the
Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the Commonwealth.
28X—Disclosure with prior written consent is authorised
The AER is authorised to disclose information given to it in confidence if the
AER has the written consent to do so of—
(a) the
person who gave the information; or
(b) the
person from whom the person referred to in paragraph (a) received that
information.
28Y—Disclosure for purposes of court and tribunal proceedings and to
accord natural justice
The AER is authorised to disclose information given to it in confidence—
(a) for
the purposes of civil or criminal proceedings; or
(b) for
the purposes of a proceeding before the Tribunal or a tribunal established by
or under a law of this jurisdiction or another participating jurisdiction; or
(c) for
the purposes of according natural justice to a person affected by a decision
(however described) of the AER under this Law or the Rules.
28YA—Disclosure of information to Energy Security Board
The AER is authorised to disclose to the Energy Security Board information
given to the AER in confidence in or in connection with the performance of its
functions or the exercise of its powers under this Law or the Rules.
28Z—Disclosure of information given to the AER with confidential
information omitted
(1) This section
applies if—
(a) in
compliance with this Law or the Rules or voluntarily, a person gives the AER
information in confidence; and
(b) that
information is contained in a document with other information.
(2) The AER may
disclose the document with the information given in confidence omitted.
(3) The AER must
include a note at the place in the document from which the information given
in confidence is omitted to the effect that that information has been omitted
from the document.
28ZA—Disclosure of information given in confidence does not identify
anyone
The AER is authorised to disclose the information given to it in confidence,
in compliance with this Law or the Rules or voluntarily, if—
(a) it
does not disclose any elements of the information that could lead to the
identification of the person to whom that information relates; or
(b) the
manner in which it discloses the information does not identify the person to
whom that information relates.
Example—
Information disclosed under this section may be combined or arranged with
other information provided that the manner in which that information is
combined or arranged will not lead to the identification of the person to whom
the information relates.
28ZAA—Disclosure of information in an aggregated form
The AER is authorised to disclose information given to it in confidence, in
compliance with this Law or the Rules or voluntarily, if the information has
been combined or arranged with other information so that it does not reveal
any confidential aspects of the information.
28ZAB—Disclosure of information that has entered the public domain
The AER is authorised to disclose information given to it in confidence, in
compliance with this Law or the Rules or voluntarily, if the information is
already in the public domain.
28ZB—Disclosure of information authorised if detriment does not outweigh
public benefit
(1) Despite
sections 28X to 28ZAB (inclusive), the AER is authorised to disclose
information given to it in confidence, in compliance with this Law or the
Rules or voluntarily, after the restricted period if the AER is of the
opinion—
(a) that
the disclosure of the information would not cause detriment to the person who
has given it or to the person from whom that person received it; or
(b)
that, although the disclosure of the information would cause detriment to such
a person, the public benefit in disclosing it outweighs that detriment.
(a) in
the case of information given to the AER in order to comply with a regulatory
information instrument—the AER must not disclose information under
subsection (1) unless and until—
(i)
the AER has considered any reasons and information given
to the AER under section 28OA(1)(b) and (2) when determining whether or
not it is of the opinion required by subsection (1); and
(ii)
the AER has complied with subsections (1b), (1c) and
(1d); and
(iii)
the restricted period has expired; and
(b) in
the case of other information—the AER must not disclose information
under subsection (1) unless and until—
(i)
the AER has complied with subsections (2)
to (6) (inclusive); and
(ii)
the restricted period has expired.
(1b) If the AER wishes
to disclose information to which subsection (1a)(a) applies (after taking
into account the requirements of subsections (1) and (1a)(a))
and—
(a) the
AER intends to disclose the information on the basis of the AER having formed
the opinion required by subsection (1)(a), the AER must give the person
who gave the information and, if the AER is aware that the person who gave the
information in turn received the information from another person and is aware
of that other person's identity and address, that other person—
(A) that the AER wishes to disclose the
information, specifying the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(B) that the AER is of the opinion required
by subsection (1)(a); and
(ii)
the AER's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons
why the AER—
(A) wishes to make the disclosure; and
(B) is of the opinion required by
subsection (1)(a); or
(b) the
AER intends to disclose the information on the basis of the AER having formed
the opinion required by subsection (1)(b), the AER must give the person
who gave the information and, if the AER is aware that the person who gave the
information in turn received the information from another person and is aware
of that other person's identity and address, that other person—
(A) that the AER wishes to disclose the
information, specifying the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(B) that the AER is of the opinion required
by subsection (1)(b); and
(C) that the person, within the period
specified in the notice (which must not be less than 5 business days
after the date the notice is given to the person), may make representations to
the AER solely in relation to the AER's reasons for deciding that the public
benefit in disclosing the information outweighs any detriment that may be
caused to the person by the disclosure; and
(ii)
the AER's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons
why the AER—
(A) wishes to make the disclosure; and
(B) is of the opinion required by
subsection (1)(b).
(1c) The AER must
consider any representation that complies with the requirements of
subsection (1b)(b)(i)(C) made to it by a person given a notice under
subsection (1b)(b)(i) within the time specified in the notice.
(1d) If, after
considering any representation under subsection (1c), the AER wishes to
disclose the information, the AER must give each person given a notice under
subsection (1b)(b)(i)—
(i)
that the AER wishes to disclose the information,
specifying the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that the AER is of the opinion required by
subsection (1)(b); and
(b) the
AER's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why the AER—
(i)
wishes to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1)(b).
(1e) To avoid doubt, a
person entitled to make representations under subsection (1b)(b)(i) is
not entitled to make representations under that subsection in relation to the
AER's assessment of the detriment that may be caused to the person by the
intended disclosure of the information.
(2) Before disclosing
information to which subsection (1a)(b) applies, the AER must give the
person who gave the information—
(a) a
written notice (an initial disclosure notice ) stating—
(i)
that the AER wishes to disclose the information,
specifying the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that the AER is of the opinion required by
subsection (1); and
(iii)
that the person, within the period specified in the
notice, may make representations to the AER not to disclose the information;
and
(b) the
AER's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why the AER—
(i)
wishes to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1).
(3) If the AER is
aware that the person who gave information to which subsection (1a)(b)
applies in turn received the information from another person and is aware of
that other person's identity and address, the AER must, before disclosing the
information give that other person—
(a) a
written notice (an initial disclosure notice ) stating—
(i)
that the AER wishes to disclose the information,
specifying the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that the AER is of the opinion required by
subsection (1); and
(iii)
that the person, within the period specified in the
notice, may make representations to the AER not to disclose the information;
and
(b) the
AER's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why the AER—
(i)
wishes to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1).
(4) The AER must
consider every representation made to it by a person given an initial
disclosure notice within the time specified in the notice.
(5) The period of time
specified in an initial disclosure notice must not be less than 5 business
days after the date the initial disclosure notice is given to the person.
(6) If after
considering any representation under subsection (4), the AER wishes to
disclose the information, the AER must give the person given the initial
disclosure notice—
(a) a
written notice (a further disclosure notice ) stating—
(i)
that the AER wishes to disclose the information,
specifying the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that the AER is of the opinion required by
subsection (1); and
(b) the
AER's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why the AER—
(i)
wishes to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1).
(7) For the purposes
of this section, the disclosure of anything that is already in the public
domain at the time the AER wishes to disclose it cannot cause detriment to any
person referred to in subsection (1b), (2) or (3).
(7a) Despite anything
to the contrary in this Law, this section is taken to be an exhaustive
statement of the requirements of the natural justice hearing rule in relation
to—
(a) the
AER's decision under subsection (1) to disclose information given in
confidence to the AER including, but not limited to, such information given to
the AER in compliance with a regulatory information instrument and in relation
to which a claim of confidentiality has been made in accordance with
section 28OA; and
(b)
without limiting paragraph (a), if the AER's decision under
subsection (1) is to disclose the confidential information, the AER's
opinion—
(i)
that the disclosure of the information would not cause
detriment to the person who gave the information or, if the person who gave
the information in turn received the information from another person, that
other person (as the case may be); or
(ii)
that, although the disclosure of the information would
cause detriment to such a person, the public benefit in disclosing it
outweighs that detriment.
(8) In this
section—
restricted period means—
(a) in
the case of information given to the AER in order to comply with a regulatory
information instrument—a period of 5 business days after—
(i)
a notice has been given under subsection (1b)(a)(i);
or
(ii)
—
(A) a notice has been given under
subsection (1b)(b)(i); or
(B) a notice has been given under
subsection (1d)(a),
whichever is the later; or
(b) in
the case of other information—a period of 5 business days
after—
(i)
an initial disclosure notice has been given under this
section; or
(ii)
a further disclosure notice has been given under this
section,
whichever is the later.
Division 7—Miscellaneous matters
28ZC—Consideration by the AER of submissions made to it under this Law
If, under this Law or the Rules, the AER publishes a notice inviting
submissions in relation to the making of an AER economic regulatory decision,
the AER, in making the decision—
(a) must
consider every submission it receives within the period specified in the
notice; and
(b) may,
but need not, consider a submission it receives after the period specified in
the notice expires.
28ZD—Use of information provided under a notice under section 28 or
a regulatory information instrument
The AER may use information provided to it by a person in compliance with a
notice under section 28 or a regulatory information instrument for any
purposes connected with the performance or exercise of a function or power of
the AER under—
(a)
this Law or the Rules; or
(b) the
National Gas Law or the National Gas Rules; or
(c) the
National Energy Retail Law or the National Energy Retail Rules.
28ZE—AER to inform certain persons of decisions not to investigate
breaches, institute proceedings or serve infringement notices
(1) If the AER is
given information by any person in relation to a breach or a possible breach
of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules by a person but—
(a)
decides not to investigate that breach or possible breach; or
(b)
following an investigation, decides not to—
(i)
institute any proceedings in respect of that breach or
possible breach under Part 6; or
(ii)
serve an infringement notice in accordance with Division
5 of Part 6 in respect of that breach or possible breach,
the AER must notify that person of that decision in writing.
(2) This section does
not apply if the person gave the information to the AER anonymously.
28ZF—AER Guidelines
(a1) The AER must
prepare guidelines about the exercise of its powers under section 28,
including about—
(a) the
rights and obligations of persons who are served with a relevant notice under
that section; and
(b) the
penalties applying under that section for non-compliance with a notice; and
(c) the
purposes for which information obtained under that section may be used.
(1) The AER may
prepare guidelines about the matters it will have regard to before—
(a)
making an application under section 61; or
(b)
serving an infringement notice under section 74; or
(c)
accepting an enforceable undertaking under section 59A.
(2) The AER must
publish guidelines prepared under subsection (a1) or (1) on its website.
28ZG—AER must report to MCE if it does not make network revenue or
pricing determination within time
(1) If the AER does
not make a network revenue or pricing determination within the period of time
specified by this Law or the Rules for the making of that determination, the
AER must give a report to the MCE that—
(a)
describes the AER's handling of the matter; and
(b)
gives the reasons of the AER for not making the determination within the
specified period; and
(c)
specifies a date by when the AER considers the determination will be made.
(2) A report under
subsection (1)—
(a) must
be given to the MCE as soon as practicable after the expiry of the specified
period; and
(b) must
be published on the AER's website as soon as practicable after it is given to
the MCE in accordance with paragraph (a).
28ZH—Single documentation
(1) This section
applies if the AER is authorised to prepare a document under this Law or the
Rules for a purpose and is also authorised to prepare a document or documents
under any of the following:
(a) the
National Gas Law;
(b) the
National Gas Rules;
(c) the
National Energy Retail Law;
(d) the
National Energy Retail Rules,
for the same or a similar, related or corresponding purpose.
(2) The AER may
satisfy the requirements of this Law and the Rules regarding the document
under this Law and the Rules by preparing and making (and where relevant
publishing) a single document.
Note—
See also section 68A of the National Gas Law and section 219 of the National
Energy Retail Law.
28ZI—Use of information
(1) The AER may use
the information obtained under this Law or the Rules for a purpose connected
with the performance or exercise of a function or power of the AER under any
of the following:
(a) the
National Gas Law;
(b) the
National Gas Rules;
(c) the
National Energy Retail Law;
(d) the
National Energy Retail Rules.
(2) The AER may use
the information obtained under any such Law or Rules for a purpose connected
with the performance or exercise of a function or power of the AER under
this Law or the Rules.
(3) This section does
not limit any other provision of this Law that provides for the use of
information obtained under this Law or the Rules.
Note—
See also section 68B of the National Gas Law and section 220 of the National
Energy Retail Law.
Part 4—Functions and powers of the Australian Energy Market Commission
Division 1—General
29—Functions and powers of the AEMC
(1) The AEMC has the
following functions and powers—
(a) the
Rule making functions and powers conferred on it under this Law and the
Regulations; and
(b) the
market development functions conferred on it under this Law and the Rules; and
(c) any
other functions and powers conferred on it under this Law and the Rules.
(2) The AEMC has power
to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection with
the performance of its functions.
30—Delegations
Any delegation by the AEMC under section 20 of the Australian Energy Market
Commission Establishment Act 2004 of South Australia extends to, and has
effect for the purposes of, this Law, the Regulations and the Rules.
31—Confidentiality
Section 24 of the Australian Energy Market Commission Establishment
Act 2004 of South Australia has effect for the purposes of this Law, the
Regulations and the Rules as if it formed part of this Law.
Note—
See also sections 48 and 108.
32—AEMC must have regard to national electricity objective
In performing or exercising any function or power under this Law, the
Regulations or the Rules, the AEMC must have regard to the national
electricity objective.
32A—Targets statement for greenhouse gas emissions targets
(1) The AEMC must
prepare and maintain a document (the targets statement ) stating the targets
set by a participating jurisdiction mentioned in section 7(c).
(2) If the MCE or a
Minister of a participating jurisdiction gives a written direction to the AEMC
to include a target in, or remove a target from, the targets statement, the
AEMC must comply with the direction.
(3) A Minister may
give a written direction under subsection (2) only in relation to a
target set by the Minister's participating jurisdiction.
(4) The AEMC must
publish on its website—
(a) the
targets statement; and
(b) each
direction given under subsection (2).
(5) In having regard
to the national electricity objective under this Law, the Regulations or the
Rules with respect to the matters mentioned in section 7(c), a person or
body must consider, as a minimum, the targets stated in the targets statement.
33—AEMC must have regard to MCE statements of policy principles in
relation to Rule making and reviews
The AEMC must have regard to any relevant MCE statement of policy
principles—
(a) in
making a Rule; or
(b) in
conducting a review under section 45.
Division 2—Rule making functions and powers of the AEMC
34—Rule making powers
(1) Subject to this
Division, the AEMC, in accordance with this Law and the Regulations, may make
Rules, to be known, collectively, as the "National Electricity Rules", for or
with respect to—
(a)
regulating—
(i)
the operation of the national electricity market;
(ii)
the operation of the national electricity system for the
purposes of the safety, security and reliability of that system;
(iii)
the activities of persons (including Registered
participants) participating in the national electricity market or involved in
the operation of the national electricity system;
(iv)
the provision of connection services to retail customers;
and
(aa)
facilitating and supporting the provision of services to retail customers; and
(ab) any
matter or thing related to, or necessary or expedient for, the purposes of the
Retailer Reliability Obligation; and
(ac) any
matter or thing related to, or necessary or expedient for, the purposes of a
trial Rule, trial project or trial waiver; and
(ad) any
matter or thing related to, or necessary or expedient for, the purposes of
orderly exit management under Part 8AA; and
(b) any
matter or thing contemplated by this Law, or is necessary or expedient for the
purposes of this Law.
Note—
The procedure for the making of a Rule by the AEMC is set out in Division 3 of
Part 7.
(2) Without limiting
subsection (1), the AEMC, in accordance with this Law and the
Regulations, may make Rules for or with respect to any matter or thing
specified in Schedule 1 to this Law.
(3) Rules made by the
AEMC in accordance with this Law and the Regulations may—
(a) be
of general or limited application;
(b) vary
according to the persons, times, places or circumstances to which they are
expressed to apply;
(c)
confer functions or powers on, or leave any matter or thing to be decided or
determined by—
(i)
the AER, the AEMC, AEMO or a jurisdictional regulator; or
(ii)
the Reliability Panel or any other panel or committee
established by the AEMC; or
(iii)
any other body established, or person appointed, in
accordance with the Rules;
(d)
confer rights or impose obligations on any person or a class of person (other
than the AER, the AEMC or a jurisdictional regulator);
(e)
confer a function on the AER, the AEMC, AEMO or a jurisdictional regulator to
make, prepare, develop or issue guidelines, tests, standards, procedures or
any other document (however described) in accordance with the Rules, including
guidelines, tests, standards, procedures or any other document (however
described) that leave any matter or thing to be determined by the AER, the
AEMC, AEMO or jurisdictional regulator;
(f)
empower or require any person (other than a person referred to in
paragraph (e)) or body to make or issue guidelines, tests, standards,
procedures or any other document (however described) in accordance with the
Rules;
(fa)
provide for procedures governing the operation of the national electricity
market and the sale and supply of electricity to retail customers;
(g)
apply, adopt or incorporate wholly or partially, or as amended by the Rules,
the provisions of any standard, rule, specification, method or document
(however described) formulated, issued, prescribed or published by any person,
authority or body whether—
(i)
as formulated, issued, prescribed or published at the
time the Rules are made or at any time before the Rules are made; or
(ii)
as amended from time to time;
(h)
confer a power of direction on the AER, the AEMC, AEMO or a jurisdictional
regulator to require a person conferred a right or on whom an obligation is
imposed under the Rules (including a Registered participant) to comply
with—
(i)
a guideline, test, standard, procedure or other document
(however described) referred to in paragraph (e), (f) or (fa); or
(ii)
a standard, rule, specification, method or document
(however described) referred to in paragraph (g);
(i)
if this section authorises or requires Rules that
regulate any matter or thing, prohibit that matter or thing or any aspect of
that matter of thing;
(j)
provide for the review of, or a right of appeal against, a decision or
determination made under the Rules and for that purpose, confer jurisdiction
on the Court;
(k)
require a form prescribed by or under the Rules, or information or documents
included in, attached to or given with the form, to be verified by statutory
declaration;
(l) in a
specified case or class of case, exempt—
(i)
AEMO; or
(ii)
a Registered participant or class of Registered
participant; or
(iii)
any other person or body performing or exercising a
function or power, or conferred a right, or on whom an obligation is imposed,
under the Rules or a class of any such person or body,
from complying with a provision, or a part of a provision, of the Rules;
(m)
provide for the modification or variation of a provision of the Rules (with or
without substitution of a provision of the Rules or a part of a provision of
the Rules) as it applies to—
(i)
AEMO; or
(ii)
a Registered participant or class of Registered
participant; or
(iii)
any other person or body performing or exercising a
function or power, or conferred a right, or on whom an obligation is imposed,
under the Rules or a class of any such person or body;
(n)
confer an immunity on, or limit the liability of, any person or body
performing or exercising a function or power, or conferred a right, or on whom
an obligation is imposed, under the Rules;
(o)
require a person or body performing or exercising a function or power, or
conferred a right, or on whom an obligation is imposed, under the Rules to
indemnify another such person or body;
(p)
contain provisions of a savings or transitional nature consequent on the
amendment or revocation of a Rule.
35—Rules relating to MCE or Ministers of participating jurisdictions
require MCE consent
The AEMC must not, without the consent of the MCE, make a Rule that confers a
right or function, or imposes an obligation, on the MCE or a Minister of a
participating jurisdiction.
Note—
The term "function" is defined in clause 10 of Schedule 2 to this Law to
include "duty".
36—AEMC must not make Rules that create criminal offences or impose
civil penalties for breaches
The AEMC must not make a Rule that—
(a)
creates an offence for a breach of a provision of the Rules; or
(b)
provides for a criminal penalty or civil penalty for a breach of a provision
of the Rules.
37—Documents etc applied, adopted and incorporated by Rules to be
publicly available
(1) The AEMC must make
publicly available—
(a)
every standard, rule, specification, method or document (however described)
formulated, issued, prescribed or published by any person, authority or body
that is applied, adopted or incorporated by a Rule; and
(b) if a
standard, rule, specification, method or document (however described)
formulated, issued, prescribed or published by any person, authority or body
is applied, adopted or incorporated by a Rule as amended from time to
time—any amendment to that standard, rule, specification, method or
document.
(2) For the purposes
of subsection (1), the AEMC makes a standard, rule, specification, method
or document (however described) formulated, issued, prescribed or published by
any person, authority or body applied, adopted or incorporated by any Rule
publicly available if the AEMC—
(a)
publishes the standard, rule, specification, method or document on the AEMC's
website; or
(b)
specifies a place from which the standard, rule, specification, method or
document may be obtained or purchased (as the case requires).
Division 3—Committees, panels and working groups of the AEMC
38—The Reliability Panel
(1) The AEMC must
establish a panel of persons to be known as the Reliability Panel, the
composition of which must be in accordance with the Rules.
(2) The functions and
powers of the Reliability Panel are—
(a) to
monitor, review and report on, in accordance with the Rules, the safety,
security and reliability of the national electricity system; and
(b) at
the request of the AEMC, to provide advice in relation to the safety, security
and reliability of the national electricity system; and
(c) any
other functions and powers conferred on it under this Law and the Rules.
(3) At the completion
of a review, the Reliability Panel must give a report to the AEMC.
(4) If requested to do
so by the AEMC, the Reliability Panel must provide advice to the AEMC in
relation to the safety, security and reliability of the national electricity
system.
39—Establishment of committees and panels (other than the Reliability
Panel) and working groups
The AEMC may establish committees and panels (other than the Reliability
Panel) and working groups to—
(a)
provide advice on specified aspects of the AEMC's functions; or
(b)
undertake any other activity in relation to the AEMC's functions as is
specified by the AEMC.
Division 4—MCE directed reviews
41—MCE directions
(1) The MCE may give a
written direction to the AEMC that the AEMC conduct a review into—
(a) any
matter relating to the national electricity market; or
(ab) any
matter relating to any other market for electricity; or
(b) the
operation and effectiveness of the Rules; or
(c) any
matter relating to the Rules; or
(d) the
effectiveness of competition in a market for electricity for the purpose of
giving advice about whether to retain, remove or reintroduce price controls on
prices for retail electricity services.
(2) A direction given
to the AEMC under this section is binding on the AEMC and must be complied
with despite anything to the contrary in the Rules.
(3) A direction given
under this section must be published in the South Australian Government
Gazette .
(4) The AEMC must
cause a direction given under this section to be published on its website.
42—Terms of reference
(1) The terms of
reference of a MCE directed review will be as specified in the direction given
by the MCE.
Example—
The terms of reference may require a MCE directed review to be
conducted—
(a)
about a specific matter within a specified time; or
(b)
whenever a specified event occurs; or
(c) on
an annual basis.
(2) Without limiting
subsection (1), the MCE may in its direction to the AEMC do one or more
of the following—
(a)
require the AEMC to give a report on a MCE directed review to the MCE within a
specified period;
(b)
require the AEMC to make the report on a MCE directed review publicly
available or available to specified persons or bodies;
(c)
require the AEMC to make a draft report publicly available or available to
specified persons or bodies during a MCE directed review;
(d)
require the AEMC to consider specified matters in the conduct of a MCE
directed review;
(e)
require the AEMC to have specified objectives in the conduct of a MCE directed
review which need not be limited by the national electricity objective;
(ea)
require the AEMC to assess a particular matter in relation to services
provided in a market for electricity against specified criteria or a specified
methodology;
(eb)
require the AEMC—
(i)
to assess a particular matter in relation to services
provided in a market for electricity; and
(ii)
to develop appropriate and relevant criteria, or an
appropriate and relevant methodology, for the purpose of the required
assessment;
(f) give
the AEMC other specific directions in respect of the conduct of a MCE directed
review.
43—Notice of MCE directed review
(1) The AEMC must
publish notice of a MCE directed review on its website.
(2) The AEMC must
publish a further such notice if a term of reference or a requirement or
direction relating to the MCE directed review is varied.
44—Conduct of MCE directed review
Subject to any requirement or direction of the MCE, a MCE directed
review—
(a) may
be conducted in such manner as the AEMC considers appropriate; and
(b) may
(but need not) involve public hearings.
Division 5—Other reviews
45—Reviews by AEMC
(1) The AEMC may
conduct a review into—
(a) the
operation and effectiveness of the Rules; or
(b) any
matter relating to the Rules.
(2) A review—
(a) may
be conducted in such manner as the AEMC considers appropriate; and
(b) may
(but need not) involve public hearings.
(3) During the course
of a review, the AEMC may—
(a)
consult with any person or body that it considers appropriate;
(b)
establish working groups to assist it in relation to any aspect, or any matter
or thing that is the subject, of the review;
(c)
commission reports by other persons on its behalf on any aspect, or matter or
thing that is the subject, of the review;
(d)
publish discussion papers or draft reports.
(4) At the completion
of a review, the AEMC must—
(a) give
a copy of the report to the MCE; and
(b)
publish a report or a version of a report from which confidential information
has been omitted in accordance with section 48.
Division 6—Miscellaneous
46—AEMC must publish and make available up to date versions of Rules
The AEMC must, at all times—
(a)
maintain, on its website, a copy of the National Electricity Rules, as in
force from time to time; and
(b) make
copies of the National Electricity Rules, as in force from time to time,
available to the public for inspection at its offices during business hours.
47—Fees
(1) The AEMC may
charge a fee specified, or a fee calculated in accordance with a formula or
methodology specified, in the Regulations for services provided by it in
performing or exercising any of its functions or powers under this Law, the
Regulations or the Rules.
(2) The fee must not
be such as to amount to taxation.
48—Confidentiality of information
(1) Information
provided to the AEMC for the purposes of a MCE directed review or a review
conducted by the AEMC under section 45 is confidential information for
the purposes of Division 4 or 5 if—
(a) the
person who provides it claims, when providing it to the AEMC, that it is
confidential information; and
(b) the
AEMC decides that the information is confidential information.
(2) Nothing prevents
the disclosure of confidential information in a report to the MCE or a
Minister of a participating jurisdiction under Division 4 or 5, but the AEMC
must ensure that the information is identified as such in the report.
(3) If the AEMC
decides that information provided to it for the purposes of a MCE directed
review, or a review conducted by the AEMC under section 45, is
confidential information, the AEMC, the MCE or a Minister of a participating
jurisdiction may only make public a version of the report from which the
information has been omitted.
(4) If information is
omitted from a published version of a report as being confidential
information, a note to that effect must be included in the report at the place
in the report from which the information is omitted.
Note—
See also section 31 of this Law and section 24 of the Australian Energy
Market Commission Establishment Act 2004 of South Australia.
Part 5—Role of AEMO under National Electricity Law
Division 1—General
49—AEMO's statutory functions
(1) The following
functions are conferred on AEMO:
(a) to
operate and administer the wholesale exchange;
(b) to
promote the development and improve the effectiveness of the operation and
administration of the wholesale exchange;
(c) to
register persons as Registered participants;
(d) to
exempt certain persons from being registered as Registered participants;
(e) to
maintain and improve power system security;
(f) to
facilitate retail customer transfer, metering and retail competition;
(fa) any
functions of a data holder under the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of
the Commonwealth for CDR data relating to a designated energy sector;
(g) for
an adoptive jurisdiction—the additional advisory functions or declared
network functions (as the case requires);
(h) any
functions conferred by jurisdictional electricity legislation or an
application Act;
(i)
any other functions conferred under this Law or the
Rules.
Notes—
1 AEMO has additional functions under its
Constitution.
2 It should be noted that AEMO's statutory
functions include its functions under the National Gas Law, the National Gas
Rules and related subordinate legislation: See definition of statutory
functions in section 2.
3 AEMO also has responsibilities, under Part 4 of
the Australian Energy Market Commission Establishment Act 2004 of South
Australia, related to administrative costs associated with the work of the
Consumer Advocacy Panel.
4 AEMO has additional functions and powers under
the National Energy Retail Law and the National Energy Retail Rules.
(2) In its role as
National Transmission Planner, AEMO has the following functions:
(a) to
prepare, maintain and publish a plan for the development of the national
transmission grid (the National Transmission Network Development Plan ) in
accordance with the Rules;
(b) to
establish and maintain a database of information relevant to planning the
development of the national transmission grid and to make the database
available to the public;
(c) to
keep the national transmission grid under review and provide advice on the
development of the grid or projects that could affect the grid;
(d) to
provide a national strategic perspective for transmission planning and
coordination;
(e) any
other functions conferred on AEMO under this Law or the Rules in its capacity
as National Transmission Planner.
(3) AEMO must, in
carrying out functions referred to in this section, have regard to the
national electricity objective.
49A—AEMO's power to carry out statutory functions
AEMO has the power to do all things necessary or convenient for or in
connection with its statutory functions.
49B—Delegation
(1) Subject to
subsection (2) and the Rules, AEMO may delegate any of its functions or
powers under this Law or the Rules to—
(a) a
director, officer or employee of AEMO; or
(b) a
member of a committee established by AEMO.
(2) However, a
function or power classified by the Regulations as non-delegable cannot be
delegated.
(3) A delegate may,
subject to AEMO's directions, subdelegate a delegated function or power to a
director, officer or employee of AEMO.
(4) A delegate (or
subdelegate) must comply with any direction given by AEMO that is relevant to
the exercise of the delegated functions or powers.
Division 2—AEMO's adoptive jurisdiction functions
Subdivision 1—Preliminary
50—Application of this Division
(1) Subdivision 2
applies to, and in relation to, a participating jurisdiction if (and only if)
the application Act of that jurisdiction, or an instrument made under that
Act, declares that it does so apply.
(2) Subdivision 3
applies to, and in relation to, a participating jurisdiction if (and only if)
the application Act of that jurisdiction, or an instrument made under that
Act, declares that it does so apply.
(3) A Rule or other
form of subordinate legislation made for the purposes of Subdivision 2 or 3
applies to and in relation to a participating jurisdiction if (and only if)
the relevant Subdivision applies to and in relation to that jurisdiction.
50A—AEMO to account to relevant Minister for performance of adoptive
functions
(1) AEMO must, at the
written request of the Minister of an adoptive jurisdiction, provide
information about the performance of its adoptive functions with respect to
that jurisdiction.
(2) Protected
information provided in response to a request under subsection (1) must
be identified as such by AEMO at the time of providing the information.
(3) No fee is to be
charged for the provision of information under this section.
Subdivision 2—AEMO's additional advisory functions
50B—Additional advisory functions
(1) AEMO's additional
advisory functions are as follows:
(a) to
prepare and publish a report on an adoptive jurisdiction's
declared power system;
(b) to
report to the Minister of an adoptive jurisdiction on matters relevant to the
future capacity and reliability of the declared power system.
(2) The additional
advisory functions are to be exercised as follows:
(a) a
report on an adoptive jurisdiction's declared power system is to be prepared
and published under subsection (1)(a) at the request of the Minister of
the relevant jurisdiction;
(b) a
report is to be provided under subsection (1)(b) at the request of the
Minister of the relevant jurisdiction or on AEMO's own initiative.
(3) A report under
subsection (1)(a) must include an assessment of the performance of
connections between transmission systems and distribution systems in the
relevant jurisdiction and the need (if any) for new connections.
(4) A request under
subsection (1)(a) or (1)(b) may be for a single report or for reports to
be made on an annual or other periodic basis.
Subdivision 3—AEMO's declared network functions
50C—AEMO's declared network functions
(1) AEMO's declared
network functions are as follows:
(a) to
plan, authorise, contract for, and direct, augmentation of the declared shared
network;
(b) to
provide information about the planning processes for augmentation of the
declared shared network;
(c) to
provide information and other services to facilitate decisions for investment
and the use of resources in the adoptive jurisdiction's electricity industry;
(d) to
provide shared transmission services by means of, or in connection with, the
declared shared network;
(e) any
other functions, related to the declared transmission system or electricity
network services provided by means of or in connection with the declared
transmission system, conferred on it under this Law or the Rules;
(f) any
other functions, related to the declared transmission system or electricity
network services provided by means of or in connection with the declared
transmission system, conferred on it under a law of the adoptive jurisdiction.
(2) AEMO—
(a) is
not limited in planning augmentation of the declared shared network to its
role as National Transmission Planner; and
(b) may
make or issue market information instruments as may be necessary or expedient
for that or any other declared network function.
50D—Network agreement
(1) A declared
transmission system operator must have an agreement (a network agreement )
with AEMO—
(a) for
the provision of electricity network services ( shared network capability
services ) for the performance of AEMO's declared network functions; and
(b)
containing such other provisions as may be required by the Rules.
Note—
Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision.
(2) A declared
transmission system operator or a prospective declared transmission system
operator must, if asked to do so by AEMO, offer to enter into a network
agreement with AEMO subject to and in accordance with the Rules.
(3) The offer must be
submitted within 20 business days after the date of the request.
(4) The terms and
conditions of a network agreement under this section are to be regarded as
protected information but are liable to disclosure under the provisions of
Division 6 that allow for the disclosure of protected information.
Exception—
Insofar as the terms and conditions of a network agreement can be inferred
from a determination to be published on AEMO's website under
section 50H(6), they are not to be regarded as protected information.
(5) The Rules may
require or regulate the provision of shared network capability services.
(6) If there is any
inconsistency between a network agreement and a transmission determination as
to the price of electricity network services to be provided by means of, or in
connection with, the declared transmission system, the transmission
determination prevails.
prospective declared transmission system operator means a person who is to
carry out an augmentation of the declared transmission system and who may
therefore become a declared transmission system operator on completion of the
augmentation.
50E—Connection agreements
(1) A person to whom
this section applies must have connection agreements as follows:
(a) an
agreement with AEMO for the provision of shared transmission services; and
(b) an
agreement with the relevant declared transmission system operator for the
provision of connection services as defined in the Rules.
(2) An agreement
required by this section must be in accordance with the Rules.
(3) If—
(a) a
person to whom this section applies (the applicant ) wants to connect to a
declared shared network; but
(b) the
fault levels at the proposed connection point would, if the connection were
allowed, be likely to exceed the limits fixed under the Rules,
AEMO may, as a condition of entering into a connection agreement with the
applicant, require the applicant to make a contribution to the cost of
carrying out the augmentation to the declared shared network necessary to
reduce fault levels to an acceptable level.
(4) This section
applies to each of the following:
(a) a
network service provider for a distribution system situated in the adoptive
jurisdiction;
(b)
another network service user who is provided with electricity network services
by means of, or in connection with, the declared shared network.
50F—Augmentation
(1) A declared
transmission system operator must not augment the declared shared network, or
any part of the declared shared network, unless—
(a) AEMO
authorises or directs the operator to carry out the augmentation; or
(b) the
operator wins a competitive tender conducted by AEMO to carry out the
augmentation; or
(c) the
augmentation is authorised by the Rules.
(2) In deciding
whether a proposed augmentation to the declared shared network should proceed,
AEMO—
(a) must
undertake a cost benefit analysis; and
(b) must
apply a probabilistic (as distinct from a deterministic) approach to
determining the benefit of an augmentation unless—
(i)
a probabilistic approach will not produce a materially
different result; or
(ii)
it is not reasonably practicable to use a probabilistic
approach; or
(iii)
a probabilistic approach is, for some other reason,
inappropriate.
Example—
Probabilistic planning is not relevant to negotiated network services. Hence,
if the services to be provided as a result of the augmentation are negotiated
network services, a probabilistic approach would be inappropriate.
(3) Subject to the
Rules, AEMO must conduct a competitive tender to determine who will carry out
an augmentation to a declared shared network.
(4) A declared
transmission system operator—
(a) must
do anything required by the Rules to facilitate the planning, construction or
operation of an augmentation; and
(b)
must, at AEMO's request, do anything else reasonably required by AEMO to
facilitate the planning, construction or operation of an augmentation.
Example—
A declared transmission system operator will be required by the Rules to enter
into an augmentation connection agreement with the person responsible for
operation of an augmentation to connect the augmentation with the declared
shared network.
(5) A declared
transmission system operator must not engage in conduct that has the effect of
preventing or hindering the planning, construction or operation of an
augmentation.
Note—
Subsections (1), (4) and (5) are civil penalty provisions: See the
definition of civil penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
50G—AEMO to have qualified exemption for performing statutory functions
(1) For performing
statutory functions, AEMO—
(a) is
not required to be registered as a Registered participant; and
(b) is
not subject to the provisions of the Rules applicable to network service
providers.
(2) However—
(a) a
Rule applicable to a Registered participant or a network service provider
extends (with or without modification) to AEMO if provision is made for its
application (or modified application) to AEMO by the Rules; and
(b)
provision may be made for extending the application of such a Rule to AEMO
even though AEMO does not own, control or operate the declared shared network.
50H—Resolution of dispute arising from attempt to negotiate a network
agreement or augmentation connection agreement
(1) The AER may, on
application by AEMO or 1 or more declared transmission system operators, make
a determination to resolve a dispute arising from an attempt to
negotiate—
(a) a
network agreement or an augmentation connection agreement; or
(b) an
amendment to a network agreement or an augmentation connection agreement.
(2) The determination
may determine the terms and conditions of the agreement or the amendment.
(3) If the AER
determines the terms and conditions of an agreement or an amendment, an
agreement is taken to arise between the interested parties, or the agreement
between the interested parties is taken to be amended, in accordance with the
AER's determination.
(4) A determination
may only be made under this section if—
(a) the
AER is satisfied that the applicant has made a reasonable, but unsuccessful,
attempt to negotiate the agreement or amendment; and
(b) the
AER has given AEMO and all declared transmission system operators that are to
be affected by the determination an opportunity to make representations about
the terms of the proposed determination.
(5) A determination
under this section takes effect on a date specified in the determination.
(6) A determination
under this section must be published on AEMO's website.
(7) In this section, a
reference to a declared transmission system operator extends to a prospective
declared transmission system operator within the meaning of
section 50D(7).
50J—General principles governing determinations
(1) A determination
under this Subdivision must be compatible with the proper performance of
AEMO's declared network functions.
(2) In determining a
dispute about a network agreement or an augmentation connection agreement, or
an amendment to a network agreement or an augmentation connection agreement,
the AER must have regard to the Rules and the allocation of functions, powers
and duties between AEMO and the declared transmission system operator, so far
as relevant to—
(a) the
allocation of risk under such an agreement; or
(b) the
provision of shared network capability services; or
(c) any
other matter that has a bearing on the subject matter of such an agreement.
(3) A determination
cannot alter the allocation of risk under an existing network agreement unless
AEMO agrees.
(4) The provisions
applicable to the determination of an access dispute apply to a determination
by the AER under this Subdivision with the following changes:
(a)
section 131(1)(c), section 131(2), section 132 and
section 133 do not apply; and
(b) any
further changes necessary to adapt those provisions to the determination of a
dispute under this Division.
(5) In this section, a
reference to a declared transmission system operator extends to a prospective
declared transmission system operator within the meaning of
section 50D(7).
Division 3—Information etc to be provided to Ministers
51—Ministerial request
(1) The MCE or a
Minister of a participating jurisdiction may ask AEMO for information, a
report or other services.
(2) The request may be
accompanied by a written statement of the purpose for which the information,
report or other services are sought.
51A—Compliance with request
(1) AEMO must comply
with a request under this Division.
(2) However, if
compliance with the request would involve disclosure of protected information,
AEMO may only provide the information if its disclosure is authorised under
this Law or the Rules.
Note—
The Minister of an adoptive jurisdiction may be entitled to certain protected
information under section 50A.
51B—Quarterly report
(1) AEMO must report
to the MCE in each quarter on its work under this Division for the previous
quarter.
(2) The report
must—
(a)
summarise each request received in the relevant quarter; and
(b)
state by whom each request was made.
Division 4—Fees and charges
52—AEMO fees and charges
(1) AEMO may—
(a)
determine fees and charges for services provided by it under this Law or the
Rules; and
(b)
charge for and recover the fees and charges in accordance with this Law and
the Rules.
(2) The fees and
charges for a service are to be determined on a non-profit basis that—
(a)
provides for full recovery of the costs of providing the service; and
(b) does
not amount to taxation; and
(c) is
consistent with the requirements of the Rules.
(3) Exact equivalence
is not required between the costs of providing a service and the revenue
derived from providing the service in a particular accounting period if there
are reasonable grounds to believe that costs will over time approximate
revenue.
Note—
This section does not prevent AEMO from generating a profit from the
performance of non-statutory functions (such as the provision of consultancy
services). Any such profit would not, however, be available for distribution
to members.
(4) Despite the above
provisions, a component of AEMO's fees and charges may, if the Rules so
provide, relate to costs that are not specifically referable to services
provided under this Law or the Rules.
Note—
As a general rule, AEMO's expenditures will be allocated to services provided
to the electricity industry or the gas industry. Subsection (4) deals
with costs that cannot be wholly attributed to either industry.
(5) This section does
not limit AEMO's power to determine, charge for and recover fees and charges
for carrying out functions conferred by jurisdictional legislation.
(6) In this
section—
service includes the performance of statutory functions.
Division 5—Information gathering
53—Information gathering powers
(1) If AEMO considers
it reasonably necessary to do so for the exercise of a relevant function, it
may—
(a) make
a general market information order requiring information from persons of a
class specified in the order; or
(b)
serve a market information notice requiring information from the person to
whom the notice is addressed.
(2) A relevant
function is—
(a) an
NTP function; or
(b) an
additional advisory function; or
(c) a
declared network function; or
(d) any
other statutory function for which this Law authorises AEMO to gather
information by means of a market information instrument.
(3) In considering
whether to make a general market information order or to issue a market
information notice and, if so, the terms of the order or notice, AEMO must
have regard to the reasonable costs of efficient compliance.
(4) A market
information instrument—
(a) must
specify—
(i)
the information, or categories of information, that is to
be provided to AEMO; and
(ii)
the time by which the information is required; and
(iii)
in the case of a general market information
order—the class of persons to which the order applies; and
(iv)
in the case of a market information notice—the name
of the person to whom the notice is addressed; and
(b) may
specify the manner and form in which information must be provided.
(5) Without limiting
subsection (4), a market information instrument—
(a) may
require information of any of the following kinds:
(i)
historic, current and forecast information;
(ii)
information that may be derived from other information in
the possession or control of the person required to provide the information;
and
(b) may
require the provision of information on an annual or other periodic basis.
53A—Making and publication of general market information order
(1) Before making a
final decision to make a general market information order, AEMO must—
(a)
invite persons of the class to which the proposed order is addressed to make
representations about the terms of the proposed order within a period (at
least 20 business days) specified in the invitation; and
(b)
consider any written representations made in response to the invitation within
the specified period.
(2) A general market
information order must be published on AEMO's website as soon as practicable
after it is made.
53B—Service of market information notice
(1) Before serving a
market information notice, AEMO must—
(a) give
the person on whom AEMO intends to serve the market information notice (the
respondent ) written notice of its intention to do so; and
(b) give
the respondent a draft of the market information notice.
(2) A notice under
subsection (1) must—
(a)
invite the respondent to make written representations to AEMO about whether
AEMO should serve the market information notice; and
(b)
specify the period (at least 20 business days) allowed for making the
representations.
(3) AEMO must consider
written representations made in response to the invitation within the
specified period before making a final decision to serve the market
information notice.
53C—Compliance with market information instrument
(1) A market
information instrument takes effect as follows:
(a) in
the case of a general market information order—on publication on AEMO's
website; or
(b) in
the case of a market information notice—on service of the notice on the
person to whom it is addressed.
(2) AEMO may, by
written notice, exempt a person from compliance with a general market
information order—
(a)
unconditionally or on specified conditions; and
(b)
wholly or to a specified extent.
(3) Subject to any
exemption, a person who is a member of a class to which a general market
information order applies must comply with the order.
Note—
Subsection (3) is a civil penalty provision.
(4) A person on whom a
market information notice is served must comply with the notice.
Note—
Subsection (4) is a civil penalty provision.
(5) The duty to comply
with a market information instrument prevails over a duty of confidence.
(6) However—
(a) a
person cannot be required by a market information instrument to disclose
information that is the subject of legal professional privilege; and
(b) a
natural person cannot be required by a market information instrument to
disclose information that would incriminate the person or make the person
liable to a criminal penalty under the law of an Australian jurisdiction
(whether or not the jurisdiction is a participating jurisdiction).
(7) A person incurs no
liability, by complying with a market information instrument, for breach of
contract, breach of confidence or any other civil wrong.
53D—Use of information
Subject to this Law, the Rules and the Regulations, AEMO may use information
obtained by market information instrument or in any other way for any purpose
connected with the exercise of any of its statutory functions.
53E—Providing false or misleading information
A person must not, in purported compliance with a market information
instrument, provide information to AEMO that the person knows is false or
misleading in a material particular.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$6 300;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$31 500.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
Division 6—Protected information
Subdivision 1—AEMO's obligation to protect information
54—Protected information
(1) AEMO must take all
reasonable measures to protect from unauthorised use or disclosure information
( protected information )—
(a)
given to it in confidence; or
(b)
given to it in connection with the performance of its statutory functions and
classified under the Rules or the Regulations as confidential information.
(2) AEMO makes
unauthorised use of protected information if (and only if) it uses the
information contrary to this Law, the Rules or the Regulations.
Note—
Section 53D authorises AEMO (subject to the Law, the Rules and the
Regulations) to use information (whether obtained by market information
instrument or in any other way) for any purpose connected with the exercise of
any of its statutory functions.
(3) AEMO makes an
unauthorised disclosure of protected information if the disclosure is not
authorised under this Law, the Rules or the Regulations.
Subdivision 2—Disclosure of protected information held by AEMO
54A—Authorised disclosure of protected information
(1) AEMO is authorised
to disclose protected information in accordance with this Subdivision.
(2) AEMO may also be
authorised to disclose protected information by the Rules or the Regulations
(or both).
54B—Disclosure with prior written consent
AEMO is authorised to disclose protected information if it has the written
consent of the person from whom the information was obtained.
54C—Disclosure required or permitted by law etc
(1) The disclosure of
protected information as required or permitted by a law of the Commonwealth, a
State or Territory is authorised.
(2) The disclosure of
protected information to any of the following is authorised:
(a) the
Australian Competition and Consumer Commission;
(b) the
Australian Energy Regulator;
(c) the
Australian Energy Market Commission;
(ca) the
Energy Security Board;
(d) the
Economic Regulation Authority of Western Australia;
(e) a
jurisdictional regulator;
(f) if
the information is reasonably required by an energy ombudsman to resolve a
dispute between a Registered participant and a retail customer but the
information is not end-use consumer information—the energy ombudsman;
(g) a
prescribed body;
(h) any
staff or consultant assisting a body mentioned above in performing its
functions or exercising its powers.
(3) A person or body
to whom protected information is disclosed under subsection (2) may use
the information for any purpose connected with the performance of the
functions, or the exercise of the powers, of the person or body.
(4) AEMO may impose
conditions to be complied with in relation to protected information disclosed
under subsection (2).
(5) The disclosure of
protected information by a person in the ordinary course of carrying out
functions as an officer or employee of, or consultant to, AEMO or a body
mentioned in subsection (2) is authorised.
54D—Disclosure for purposes of court and tribunal proceedings
AEMO is authorised to disclose protected information for the purposes
of—
(a)
civil or criminal proceedings; or
(b) a
proceeding before the Tribunal or a tribunal established by or under a law of
this jurisdiction or another participating jurisdiction.
54E—Disclosure of document with omission of protected information
(1) If a document
contains both protected information and other information, AEMO may disclose
the document with the omission of the protected information.
(2) AEMO must include
a note at the place in the document from which the protected information is
omitted to the effect that protected information has been omitted from the
document.
54F—Disclosure of non-identifying information
AEMO is authorised to disclose protected information if—
(a) it
does not disclose any elements of the information that could lead to the
identification of the person to whom the information relates; or
(b) the
manner in which it discloses the information does not identify the person to
whom that information relates.
Example—
Protected information may be combined or arranged with other information to
prevent the identification of the person to whom the protected information
relates.
54FA—Disclosure of information in an aggregated form
AEMO is authorised to disclose information given to it in confidence, in
compliance with this Law or the Rules or voluntarily, if the information has
been combined or arranged with other information so that it does not reveal
any confidential aspects of the information.
54G—Disclosure of protected information for safety, proper operation of
the market etc
(1) AEMO is authorised
to disclose protected information if—
(a) the
disclosure is necessary for—
(i)
the safety, reliability or security of the supply of
electricity; or
(ii)
the safety, reliability or security of the national
electricity system; or
(b) the
disclosure is necessary for the proper operation of the national electricity
market; or
(c) the
information is customer profiling information for facilitating retail
competition; or
(d) the
information is in the public domain.
(2) AEMO may impose
conditions to be complied with in relation to information disclosed under
subsection (1)(a), (b) or (c).
54H—Disclosure of protected information authorised if detriment does not
outweigh public benefit
(1) Subject to this
section, AEMO is authorised to disclose protected information after the
restricted period if AEMO is of the opinion—
(a) that
the disclosure of the information would not cause detriment to the person who
has given it or to a person from whom that person received it; or
(b)
that, although the disclosure of the information would cause detriment to such
a person, the public benefit in disclosing it outweighs that detriment.
(2) Before disclosing
the protected information, AEMO must give the person who gave the protected
information—
(a) a
written notice (an initial disclosure notice ) stating—
(i)
that AEMO wishes to disclose the information, specifying
the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that AEMO is of the opinion required by
subsection (1); and
(iii)
that the person, within the period specified in the
notice, may make representations to AEMO against disclosure of the
information; and
(b)
AEMO's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why AEMO—
(i)
wishes to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1).
(3) If AEMO is aware
that the person who gave the protected information in turn received the
information from another person and is aware of the other person's identity
and address, AEMO must, before disclosing the information give the other
person—
(a) a
written notice (an initial disclosure notice ) stating—
(i)
that AEMO wishes to disclose the information, specifying
the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that AEMO is of the opinion required by
subsection (1); and
(iii)
that the person, within the period specified in the
notice, may make representations to AEMO against disclosure of the
information; and
(b)
AEMO's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why AEMO—
(i)
wishes to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1).
(4) AEMO must consider
every representation made to it by a person given an initial disclosure notice
within the time specified in the notice.
(5) The period
specified in an initial disclosure notice must not be less than 5 business
days after the date the initial disclosure notice is given to the person.
(6) If, after
considering the representations, AEMO wishes to disclose the protected
information, AEMO must give the person given the initial disclosure
notice—
(a) a
written notice (a further disclosure notice ) stating—
(i)
that AEMO intends to disclose the information, specifying
the nature of the intended disclosure; and
(ii)
that AEMO is of the opinion required by
subsection (1); and
(b)
AEMO's decision, in writing, setting out the reasons why AEMO—
(i)
intends to make the disclosure; and
(ii)
is of the opinion required by subsection (1).
(7) For the purposes
of this section, the disclosure of anything that is already in the public
domain at the time AEMO wishes to disclose it cannot cause detriment to any
person referred to in subsection (2) or (3).
(7a) Despite anything
to the contrary in this Law, this section is taken to be an exhaustive
statement of the requirements of the natural justice hearing rule in relation
to—
(a)
AEMO's decision under subsection (1) to disclose protected information;
and
(b)
without limiting paragraph (a), if AEMO's decision under
subsection (1) is to disclose the protected information, AEMO's
opinion—
(i)
that the disclosure of the information would not cause
detriment to the person who gave the information or, if the person who gave
the information in turn received the information from another person, that
other person (as the case may be); or
(ii)
that, although the disclosure of the information would
cause detriment to such a person, the public benefit in disclosing it
outweighs that detriment.
(8) In this
section—
restricted period means a period of 5 business days after—
(a) an
initial disclosure notice has been given under this section; or
(b) a
further disclosure notice has been given under this section,
whichever is the later.
Division 7—AEMO's statutory funds
55—Definitions
In this Division—
Rule fund means a fund existing in NEMMCO's books as a Rule fund immediately
before the changeover date or a fund established as a Rule fund under this
Division.
55A—AEMO's Rule funds
(1) Subject to the
Rules, AEMO is responsible for the administration of each Rule fund.
(2) AEMO must, if
required to do so by the Rules, establish and maintain a new Rule fund in
accordance with the Rules.
(3) Nothing in
this Law or the Rules constitutes AEMO, or a director of AEMO, as a trustee of
a Rule fund.
55B—Payments into and out of Rule funds
(1) AEMO must ensure
that there is paid into each Rule fund—
(a) all
amounts received by AEMO that, under the Rules, are required to be paid into
the fund; and
(b)
income from investment of money in the fund.
(2) Money held in a
Rule fund may be applied only in payment of—
(a)
amounts that, under the Rules, are required or permitted to be paid from the
fund; or
(b)
liabilities or expenses of the fund.
55C—Investment
(1) AEMO may invest
money standing to the credit of a Rule fund.
(2) AEMO must, in
exercising the power of investment, exercise the care, diligence and skill
that a prudent person would exercise in managing the affairs of others.
Part 5A—Functions and powers of Minister of this participating
jurisdiction
57A—Functions and powers of Minister of this participating jurisdiction
(1) The Minister of
this participating jurisdiction has the functions and powers conferred on him
or her under this Law, the Regulations or the Rules.
(2) The Minister of
this participating jurisdiction has power to do all things necessary or
convenient to be done for or in connection with the performance of his or her
functions.
(3) In this
section—
Minister of this participating jurisdiction means the Minister that
administers the Act of this jurisdiction that applies this Law or a part of
this Law as a law of this jurisdiction—see section 6(1)(b).
Part 5B—Functions and powers of Tribunal
57B—Functions and powers of Tribunal under this Law
(1) The Tribunal has
the functions and powers conferred on it under Division 3A of Part 6 and any
Regulations made for the purposes of that Division.
(2) The Tribunal has
power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection
with the performance of its functions.
Part 6—Proceedings under the National Electricity Law
Division 1—General
59—Instituting civil proceedings under this Law
(1) Proceedings may
not be instituted in a relevant court in respect of a breach of a provision of
this Law, the Regulations or the Rules that is not an offence provision by any
person (other than the AER) except as provided for in this Part.
(2) Despite
subsection (1), a person may institute a proceeding in the Court in
respect of any matter or thing arising out of or that is the subject of a Rule
dispute if the Rules provide that a proceeding may be instituted in the Court
in respect of that matter or thing.
(3) To avoid doubt,
nothing in this Part prevents the use of this Law, the Regulations or the
Rules as evidence in any proceedings.
Division 1A—Enforceable undertakings
59A—Enforceable undertakings
(1) The AER may accept
a written undertaking given by a person for the purposes of this section in
connection with a matter in relation to which the AER has a function or power
under this Law or the Rules.
(2) A person may
withdraw or vary the undertaking at any time, but only with the consent of the
AER.
(3) If the AER
considers that the person who gave the undertaking has breached any of its
terms, the AER may apply to the Court for an order under subsection (4).
(4) If the Court is
satisfied that the person has breached a term of the undertaking, the Court
may make any or all of the following orders:
(a) an
order directing the person to comply with that term of the undertaking;
(b) an
order directing the person to pay the Commonwealth an amount up to the amount
of any financial benefit that the person has obtained directly or indirectly
and that is attributable to the breach;
(c) an
order that the Court considers appropriate directing the person to compensate
any other person who has suffered loss or damage as a result of the breach;
(d) any
other order that the Court considers appropriate.
Division 2—Proceedings by the AER in respect of this Law, the
Regulations and the Rules
60—Time limit within which AER may institute proceedings
(1) A proceeding for a
breach of a provision of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules by a person
that is not an offence provision may only be instituted by the AER within 6
years of the date on which the breach occurred.
(2) A person, other
than the AER, may only institute a proceeding for a breach of a conduct
provision by another person within 6 years after the date on which the
breach occurred.
61—Proceedings for breaches of a provision of this Law, the Regulations
or the Rules that are not offences
(1) The Court may make
an order, on application by the AER on behalf of the Commonwealth, declaring
that a person has breached a provision of this Law, the Regulations or the
Rules that is not an offence provision.
Note—
A Supreme Court of a participating jurisdiction that is a State may hear an
application by the AER under subsection (1) by operation of subsection
39(2) of the Judiciary Act 1903 of the Commonwealth.
(2) If the order
declares the person has breached a provision of this Law, the Regulations or
the Rules that is not an offence provision, the order may include one or more
of the following—
(a) an
order that the person pay a civil penalty determined in accordance with
this Law, the Regulations and the Rules;
(b) an
order that the person cease, within a specified period, the act, activity or
practice constituting the breach;
(c) an
order that the person take such action, or adopt such practice, as the Court
requires for remedying the breach or preventing a recurrence of the breach;
(d) an
order that the person implement a specified program for compliance with
this Law, the Regulations and the Rules;
(da) an
order that the person perform a specified service that relates to the breach
and that is for the benefit of the community or a section of the community;
(db) an
order that the person, at the person's expense, engage—
(i)
another person specified in the order; or
(ii)
another person in a class of persons specified in the
order,
to perform a service that is specified in the order and that relates to the
breach and that is for the benefit of the community or a section of the
community;
(dc) an
order to ensure that the person does not engage in further conduct of the same
nature, or similar or related conduct, during the period of the order (which
cannot exceed 3 years), including—
(i)
an order that the person establish a compliance program
or an education and training program for employees or other persons involved
in the person's business, being a program designed to ensure their awareness
of the responsibilities and obligations in relation to the conduct
constituting the breach, or similar or related conduct; or
(ii)
an order that the person revise the internal operations
of the person's business that led to the person committing the breach;
(dd) an
order that the person—
(i)
disclose, in the way and to the persons specified in the
order, specified information, being information that the person has possession
of or access to; and
(ii)
publish, at the person's expense and in the way specified
in the order, an advertisement in the terms specified in, or determined in
accordance with, the order;
(e) an
order of a kind prescribed by the Regulations.
(2a) An order under
subsection (2) paragraph (db) is not enforceable against a person
mentioned in paragraph (db)(i) or (ii).
(3) If a person has
engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in any conduct in breach of a
provision of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules that is not an offence
provision, the Court may, on application by the AER on behalf of the
Commonwealth, grant an injunction—
(a)
restraining the person from engaging in the conduct; and
(b) if,
in the Court's opinion, it is desirable to do so—requiring the person to
do something.
(4) The power of the
Court under subsection (3) to grant an injunction restraining a person
from engaging in conduct of a particular kind may be exercised—
(a) if
the Court is satisfied that the person has engaged in conduct of that
kind—whether or not it appears to the Court that the person intends to
engage again, or to continue to engage, in conduct of that kind; or
(b) if
it appears to the Court that, if an injunction is not granted, it is likely
that the person will engage in conduct of that kind—whether or not the
person has previously engaged in conduct of that kind and whether or not there
is an imminent danger of substantial damage to any person if the person
engages in conduct of that kind.
61A—Proceedings for declaration that a person has breached a conduct
provision
(1) The Court may make
an order, on application by a person other than the AER, declaring that
another person has breached a conduct provision.
(2) If the order
declares a person has breached a conduct provision, the order may include one
or more of the following:
(a) an
order that the person cease, within a specified period, the act, activity or
practice constituting the breach;
(b) an
order that the person take such action, or adopt such practice, as the Court
requires for remedying the breach or preventing a recurrence of the breach;
(c) an
order that the person implement a specified program for compliance with
this Law, the Regulations and the Rules;
(d) an
order of a kind prescribed by the Regulations.
(3) If a person has
engaged, or is engaging or proposing to engage in any conduct in breach of a
conduct provision, the Court may, on application by another person (other than
the AER), grant an injunction—
(a)
restraining the first mentioned person from engaging in the conduct; and
(b) if,
in the Court's opinion, it is desirable to do so—requiring the first
mentioned person to do something.
(4) The power of the
Court under subsection (3) to grant an injunction restraining a person
from engaging in conduct of a particular kind may be exercised—
(a) if
the Court is satisfied that the person has engaged in conduct of that
kind—whether or not it appears to the Court that the person intends to
engage again, or to continue to engage, in conduct of that kind; or
(b) if
it appears to the Court that, if an injunction is not granted, it is likely
that the person will engage in conduct of that kind—whether or not the
person has previously engaged in conduct of that kind and whether or not there
is an imminent danger of substantial damage to any person if the person
engages in conduct of that kind.
61B—Actions for damages by persons for breach of conduct provisions
A person other than the AER who suffers loss or damage by conduct of another
person that was done in breach of a conduct provision may recover the amount
of the loss or damage by action against that other person in a court of
competent jurisdiction.
62—Additional Court orders
An order under section 61 by the Court may, in relation to a Registered
participant that has been declared in that order to have breached a provision
of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules that is not an offence provision,
also include either or both of the following—
(a) a
direction that the Registered participant's loads be disconnected in
accordance with the Rules;
(b) a
direction that the Registered participant be suspended from, as the case
requires, purchasing or supplying electricity through the wholesale exchange
operated and administered by AEMO.
63—Orders for disconnection in certain circumstances where there is no
breach
(1) The Court, on
application by the AER on behalf of the Commonwealth, may make an order that
directs that a Registered participant's loads be disconnected if a relevant
disconnection event occurs.
(2) In this
section—
relevant disconnection event means an event specified in the Rules as being an
event for which a Registered participant's loads may be disconnected, being an
event that does not constitute a breach of the Rules.
64—Matters for which there must be regard in determining amount of civil
penalty
Every civil penalty ordered to be paid by a person declared to have breached a
provision of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules must be determined having
regard to all relevant matters, including—
(a) the
nature and extent of the breach; and
(b) the
nature and extent of any loss or damage suffered as a result of the breach;
and
(ba)
without limiting the operation of section 2AB(1)(c)(ii)(B) or (C)
or (d)(ii)(B)—the value of any benefit reasonably attributable to
the breach that the person or, in the case of a body corporate, any related
body corporate, has obtained, directly or indirectly; and
(c) the
circumstances in which the breach took place; and
(d)
whether the person has engaged in any similar conduct and been found to have
breached a provision of this Law, the Rules or the Regulations in respect of
that conduct; and
(e)
whether the service provider had in place a compliance program approved by the
AER or required under the Rules, and if so, whether the service provider has
been complying with that program.
65—Breach of a civil penalty provision is not an offence
A breach of a civil penalty provision is not an offence.
66—Breaches of civil penalty provisions involving continuing failure
For the purpose of determining the civil penalty for a breach of a civil
penalty provision if the breach consists of a failure to do something that is
required to be done, the breach is to be regarded as continuing until the act
is done despite the fact that any period within which, or time before which,
the act is required to be done has expired or passed.
67—Conduct in breach of more than one civil penalty provision
(1) If the conduct of
a person constitutes a breach of 2 or more civil penalty provisions,
proceedings may be instituted under this Law against the person in relation to
the breach of any one or more of those provisions.
(2) However, the
person is not liable to more than one civil penalty under this Law in respect
of the same conduct.
Note—
Clause 39 of Schedule 2 to this Law sets out further provisions in
relation to double jeopardy.
67A—Conduct in breach of reliability obligation civil penalty provision
(1) This section
applies for the purpose of determining the civil penalty for a breach of the
reliability obligation civil penalty provision.
(2) If the conduct of
a person constitutes a breach of the reliability obligation civil penalty
provision on 2 or more occasions in relation to the same reliability gap
period, proceedings may be instituted under this Law against the person in
relation to the breach of the provision on any 1 or more of those
occasions.
(3) However, the
person is not liable to more than 1 civil penalty under this Law in
respect of a breach of the reliability obligation civil penalty provision
for 1 reliability gap period.
68—Persons involved in breach of civil penalty provision or conduct
provision
(a) aid,
abet, counsel or procure a breach of a civil penalty provision or conduct
provision by another person; or
(b) be
in any way directly or indirectly knowingly concerned in, or a party to, a
breach of a civil penalty provision or conduct provision by another person.
(2) This Law applies
to a person who breaches subsection (1) in relation to a civil penalty
provision or conduct provision as if the person were a person who has breached
the civil penalty provision or conduct provision.
68A—Attempt to breach civil penalty provision
A person who attempts to commit a breach of a civil penalty provision commits
a breach of that provision.
69—Civil penalties payable to the Commonwealth
If a person is ordered to pay a civil penalty, the penalty is payable to the
Commonwealth.
Division 2A—Proceedings before, and awards etc of, Dispute resolution
panels
69A—Commercial Arbitration Acts apply to proceedings before Dispute
resolution panels
(1) Subject to the
modifications prescribed by the Regulations, the procedural provisions of the
Commercial Arbitration Act of this jurisdiction apply to the hearing of a Rule
dispute and decision or determination of a Dispute resolution panel.
(2) In this
section—
procedural provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act of this jurisdiction
means the provisions prescribed by the Regulations for the purposes of this
section.
Division 3—Judicial review of decisions and determinations under
this Law, the Regulations and the Rules
70—Applications for judicial review
(a) a
decision or determination of the AEMC or AEMO under this Law, the Regulations
or the Rules; or
(b) a
failure by the AEMC or AEMO to make a decision or determination under
this Law, the Regulations or the Rules; or
(c)
conduct engaged in, or proposed to be engaged in, by the AEMC or AEMO for the
purpose of making a decision or determination under this Law, the Regulations
or the Rules,
may apply to the Court for judicial review of the decision or determination,
failure or conduct or proposed conduct.
Note—
The AER is subject to judicial review under the Administrative Decisions
(Judicial Review) Act 1977 of the Commonwealth.
(2) Unless the Court
otherwise orders, the making of an application to the Court under
subsection (1) does not affect the operation of the decision or
determination referred to in that subsection or prevent the taking of action
to implement the decision or determination.
(3) In this
section—
person aggrieved includes a person whose interests are adversely affected.
71—Appeals on questions of law from decisions or determinations of
Dispute resolution panels
(1) A person who is a
party to a Rule dispute may appeal to the Court, on a question of law, against
a decision or determination of a Dispute resolution panel.
(2) Subject to the
modifications prescribed by the Regulations, the review provisions of the
Commercial Arbitration Act of this jurisdiction apply to a decision or
determination of a Dispute resolution panel.
(3) In this
section—
review provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act of this jurisdiction means
the provisions prescribed by the Regulations for the purposes of this section.
Division 3A—Merits review and other non-judicial review
Subdivision 1—Interpretation
71A—Definitions
In this Division—
applicant means—
(b) a
person who makes an application under section 71S;
information disclosure decision means—
(a) a
decision to disclose information made by the AER under section 28ZB; or
(b) a
decision to disclose information made by AEMO under section 54H;
review under this Division means a review under Subdivision 3.
Subdivision 3—Tribunal review of information disclosure decisions
71S—Application for review
(1) A person whose
interests are adversely affected by an information disclosure decision may
apply to the Tribunal for a review of the decision.
(2) An application
must be made in the form and manner determined by the Tribunal.
(3) An application may
only be made on the ground that—
(a) the
decision was not made in accordance with law; or
(b) the
decision is unreasonable having regard to all relevant circumstances.
(4) The person must
lodge the application with the Tribunal no later than 5 business days after
the date of the last notice given under section 28ZB or section 54H
(as the case requires).
(5) An application
under this section stays the operation of the decision until the earlier
of—
(a) 20
business days; or
(b) the
making of a determination by the Tribunal in respect of the application.
71T—Exclusion of public in certain cases
On the application of a party to a review under this Subdivision, the Tribunal
may conduct the review in the absence of the public.
71U—Determination in the review
(1) Subject to this
Division, on receipt of an application under section 71S, the Tribunal
must make a determination in respect of the application.
(2) A determination
under this section must only—
(a)
affirm the information disclosure decision; or
(b)
forbid disclosure by the AER or AEMO of the information or document to which
the information disclosure decision relates; or
(c)
restrict, as specified in the determination, the intended disclosure by the
AER or AEMO of the information or document to which the information disclosure
decision relates.
(3) For the purposes
of making a determination of the kind in subsection (2)(a), the Tribunal
may perform all the functions and exercise all the powers of the AER or AEMO
(as the case requires) under this Law or the Rules.
(4) A determination by
the Tribunal affirming the information disclosure decision, or forbidding or
restricting disclosure of information, is, for the purposes of this Law (other
than this Part), to be taken to be a decision of the AER or AEMO (as the case
requires).
71V—Tribunal must be taken to have affirmed decision if decision not
made within time
(1) This section
applies if the Tribunal does not make a determination under section 71U
within 20 business days after an application is lodged under section 71S.
(2) The Tribunal must
be taken to have made a determination under section 71U affirming the
information disclosure decision to which the application relates.
71W—Assistance from AER or AEMO
The member of the Tribunal presiding in the review may require the AER or AEMO
(as the case requires) to give information, to make a report or to give other
assistance for the purposes of the review.
Subdivision 4—General
71X—Costs in a review
(1) Subject to this
section, the Tribunal may order that a party to a review under this Division
pay all or a specified part of the costs of another party to the review.
(2) The Tribunal must
not make an order requiring the AER to pay the costs of another party to the
review unless the Tribunal considers that the AER has conducted their case in
the review without due regard to—
(a) the
costs that would have to be incurred by another party to the review as a
result of that conduct; or
(b) the
time required by—
(i)
the Tribunal to hear the review as a result of that
conduct; or
(ii)
another party to prepare their case as a result of that
conduct; or
(c) the
submissions or arguments made to the Tribunal by another party.
71Y—Amount of costs
(1) If the Tribunal
makes an order for costs in a review under this Division, the Tribunal may in
that order fix the amount of costs payable by a party to the review on—
(a) a
party and party basis; or
(b) a
solicitor and client basis; or
(c) an
indemnity basis; or
(d) any
other basis as the Tribunal may decide.
Division 3B—Enforcement of access determinations
71ZA—Enforcement of access determinations
(1) If the Court is
satisfied, on the application of a party to an access determination, that
another party to the determination has engaged, is engaging, or is proposing
to engage in conduct that constitutes a contravention of the determination,
the Court may make all or any of the following orders:
(a) an
order granting an injunction on such terms as the Court thinks
appropriate—
(i)
restraining the other party from engaging in the conduct;
or
(ii)
if the conduct involves refusing or failing to do
something—requiring the other party to do that thing;
(b) an
order directing the other party to compensate the applicant for loss or damage
suffered as a result of the contravention;
(c) any
other order that the Court thinks appropriate.
(2) The revocation of
an access determination does not affect any remedy under subsection (1)
in respect of a contravention of the determination that occurred when the
determination was in force.
(3) If the Court has
power under subsection (1) to grant an injunction restraining a person
from engaging in particular conduct, or requiring a person to do anything, the
Court may make any other orders (including granting an injunction) that it
thinks appropriate against any other person who was involved in the
contravention concerned.
(4) A reference in
this section to a person involved in the contravention is a reference to a
person who has—
(a)
aided, abetted, counselled or procured the contravention; or
(b)
induced the contravention, whether through threats or promises or otherwise;
or
(c) been
in any way (directly or indirectly) knowingly concerned in or a party to the
contravention; or
(d)
conspired with others to effect the contravention.
71ZB—Consent injunctions
On an application for an injunction under section 71ZA, the Court may
grant an injunction by consent of all of the parties to the proceedings,
whether or not the Court is satisfied that the section applies.
71ZC—Interim injunctions
The Court may grant an interim injunction pending determination of an
application under section 71ZA.
71ZD—Factors relevant to granting a restraining injunction
The power of the Court to grant an injunction under section 71ZA
restraining a person from engaging in conduct may be exercised whether or
not—
(a) it
appears to the Court that the person intends to engage again, or to continue
to engage, in conduct of that kind; or
(b) the
person has previously engaged in conduct of that kind; or
(c)
there is an imminent danger of substantial damage to any person if the first
mentioned person engages in conduct of that kind.
71ZE—Factors relevant to granting a mandatory injunction
The power of the Court to grant an injunction under section 71ZA
requiring a person to do a thing may be exercised whether or not—
(a) it
appears to the Court that the person intends to refuse or fail again, or to
continue to refuse or fail, to do that thing; or
(b) the
person has previously refused or failed to do that thing; or
(c)
there is an imminent danger of substantial damage to any person if the first
mentioned person refuses or fails to do that thing.
71ZF—Discharge or variation of injunction or other order
The Court may discharge or vary an injunction or order granted under this
Division.
Division 4—Other civil proceedings
72—Obligations under Rules to make payments
(a) a
relevant person is required to pay an amount to AEMO or another relevant
person; or
(b) AEMO
is required to pay an amount to a Registered participant,
and that amount is not paid within 28 days after it is due in accordance with
the Rules, the relevant person to whom the amount is due, or AEMO (as the case
requires), may recover that amount in a relevant court of competent
jurisdiction as a civil debt payable to them.
(2) If, under the
Rules, a relevant person is required to pay an amount to AEMO or another
relevant person, or AEMO is required to pay an amount to a Registered
participant, and the Rules do not specify a date for payment of that
amount—
(a) that
amount must be paid within the period of time specified in any notice to pay
issued by the relevant person or AEMO (as the case requires) that specifies
that amount; and
(b) the
relevant person that issued the notice to pay, or AEMO (as the case requires),
may, if that amount is not paid within 28 days after it is due in accordance
with that notice, recover that amount in a relevant court of competent
jurisdiction as a civil debt payable to them.
(3)
Subsection (1) and (2) apply despite a relevant person or AEMO disputing,
in accordance with the Rules, an amount to be paid under the Rules, or
specified in a notice to pay, unless—
(a) the
Rules otherwise provide; or
(b) the
parties to the dispute agree otherwise; or
(c) a
relevant Dispute resolution panel, in a civil claim Rule dispute in respect of
the payment of an amount referred to in subsection (1) or (2), determines
that the relevant subsection does not apply; or
(d) a
relevant court of competent jurisdiction determines that subsection (1)
or (2) does not apply.
(4) In this
section—
civil claim Rule dispute means a dispute between relevant persons, or between
AEMO and a relevant person, in relation to the payment of an amount under the
Rules in respect of which the Rules provide that the dispute must be resolved
in accordance with the Rules;
relevant Dispute resolution panel means a Dispute resolution panel appointed
to hear and determine a civil claim Rule dispute;
relevant person means—
(a) a
Registered participant; or
(b) a
liable entity;
notice to pay includes a statement of payment, settlement statement, bill or
invoice.
Division 5—Infringement notices
73—Definitions
In this Division—
tier 1 civil penalty provision means a civil penalty provision with a
civil penalty determined under section 2AB(1)(c) or (d)(ii)(B);
tier 2 civil penalty provision means a civil penalty provision with a
civil penalty determined under section 2AB(1)(b) or (d)(i)
or (ii)(A);
tier 3 civil penalty provision means a civil penalty provision with a
civil penalty determined under section 2AB(1)(a).
74—Power to serve a notice
(1) Subject to this
section, the AER may serve an infringement notice on a person if the AER
believes on reasonable grounds that the person has breached a civil penalty
provision.
(1a) The AER must,
however, serve an infringement notice not later than 12 months after the date
on which the AER forms a belief that there has been a breach of a civil
penalty provision.
(2) An infringement
notice may be served on a person—
(a) if
the person is a natural person—
(i)
by delivering it personally to the person; or
(ii)
by sending it by post addressed to the person to their
usual or last known place of residence or business; or
(b) if
the person is a body corporate—
(i)
by delivering it personally to the registered office or
usual or last known place of business of the body corporate; or
(ii)
by sending it by post addressed to the body corporate to
its registered office or usual or last known place of business.
75—Form of notice
An infringement notice must state—
(a) the
date of the notice;
(b) that
the alleged breach is a breach of the civil penalty provision;
(c) the
nature, and a brief description, of the alleged breach;
(d) the
date, time and place of the alleged breach;
(e) the
infringement penalty for the alleged breach;
(f) the
manner in which the infringement penalty may be paid;
(g) the
time (being not less than 28 days after the date on which the notice is
served) within which the infringement penalty must be paid;
(h)
that, if the amount of the infringement penalty is paid before the end of the
time specified in the notice, proceedings will not be instituted in respect of
the alleged breach by the AER unless the notice is withdrawn before the end of
that time in accordance with section 79;
(i)
that the person is entitled to disregard the notice and
defend any proceedings in respect of the civil penalty provision;
(j) any
other particulars prescribed by the Regulations.
76—Infringement penalties
(1) The infringement
penalty for a breach of a civil penalty provision is—
(a) in
the case of a tier 3 civil penalty provision—
(i)
if the breach is alleged to have been committed by a
natural person—$6 790 or any lesser amount that is prescribed by
the Regulations in relation to the civil penalty provision;
(ii)
if the breach is alleged to have been committed by a body
corporate—
(A) if the AER makes a determination under
subsection (2)—$6 790 or any lesser amount that is prescribed
by the Regulations in relation to the civil penalty provision; or
(B) in any other case—$33 900 or
any lesser amount that is prescribed by the Regulations in relation to the
civil penalty provision;
(b) in
the case of a tier 1 or tier 2 civil penalty provision—
(i)
if the breach is alleged to have been committed by a
natural person—$13 600 or any lesser amount that is prescribed by
the Regulations in relation to the civil penalty provision;
(ii)
if the breach is alleged to have been committed by a body
corporate—$67 800 or any lesser amount that is prescribed by the
Regulations in relation to the civil penalty provision.
(2) In the case of a
body corporate that is not a listed corporation or a body corporate that is
subject to the infringement penalty by virtue only of being a related body
corporate, the AER may, in a particular case, determine that the infringement
penalty to be included in an infringement notice to be issued to the body
corporate in relation to an alleged breach of a tier 3 civil penalty
provision will be the amount applying under subsection (1)(a)(ii)(A) if
the AER considers this to be an appropriate course of action after taking into
account—
(a) the
nature of the alleged breach; and
(b) the
degree of financial impact on the body corporate if the higher infringement
penalty under subsection (1)(a)(ii)(B) were to be imposed; and
(c) the
extent to which the imposition of the higher infringement penalty would appear
to be excessive in the circumstances; and
(d) any
other matter considered relevant by the AER.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37A, which provides for the amounts specified
in this section to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the
consumer price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
77—AER cannot institute proceedings while infringement notice on foot
On serving an infringement notice under this Division, the AER must not
institute a proceeding in respect of the breach for which the infringement
notice was served if—
(a) the
time for payment stated in the infringement notice has not expired; and
(b) the
infringement notice has not been withdrawn by the AER in accordance with
section 79.
78—Late payment of penalty
The AER may accept payment of the infringement penalty even after the
expiration of the time for payment stated in the infringement notice if—
(a) a
proceeding has not been instituted in respect of the breach to which the
infringement penalty relates; and
(b) the
infringement notice has not been withdrawn by the AER in accordance with
section 79.
79—Withdrawal of notice
(1) The AER may
withdraw an infringement notice at any time before the end of the time for
payment specified in the notice by serving a withdrawal notice on the person
served with the infringement notice.
(2) A withdrawal
notice may be served on a person—
(a) if
the person is a natural person—
(i)
by delivering it personally to the person; or
(ii)
by sending it by post addressed to the person to their
usual or last known place of residence or business; or
(b) if
the person is a body corporate—
(i)
by delivering it personally to the registered office or
usual or last known place of business of the body corporate; or
(ii)
by sending it by post addressed to the body corporate to
its registered office or usual or last known place of business.
(3) An infringement
notice may be withdrawn even if the infringement penalty has been paid.
80—Refund of infringement penalty
If an infringement notice is withdrawn in accordance with section 79, the
amount of any infringement penalty paid must be refunded by the AER.
81—Payment expiates breach of civil penalty provision
No proceedings may be taken by the AER against a person on whom an
infringement notice was served in respect of an alleged breach of a civil
penalty provision if—
(a) the
infringement penalty is—
(i)
paid within the time for payment stated in the notice;
and
(ii)
not withdrawn by the AER within the time for payment
stated in the notice in accordance with section 79; or
(b) the
infringement penalty is accepted in accordance with section 78.
82—Payment not to have certain consequences
The payment of an infringement penalty under this Division is not and must not
be taken to be an admission of a breach of a civil penalty provision or an
admission of liability for the purpose of any proceeding instituted in respect
of the breach.
83—Conduct in breach of more than one civil penalty provision
(1) If the conduct of
a person constitutes a breach of 2 or more civil penalty provisions, an
infringement notice may be served on the person under this Division in
relation to the breach of any one or more of those provisions.
(2) However, the
person is not liable to pay more than one infringement penalty in respect of
the same conduct.
Note—
Clause 39 of Schedule 2 to this Law sets out further provisions in
relation to double jeopardy.
Division 6—Miscellaneous
85—Offences and breaches by corporations
(1) If a corporation
contravenes an offence provision or breaches a civil penalty provision, each
officer of the corporation is to be taken to have contravened the offence
provision or to have breached the civil penalty provision if the officer
knowingly authorised or permitted the contravention or breach.
(2) An officer of a
corporation may be proceeded against under an offence provision or civil
penalty provision pursuant to this section whether or not the corporation has
been proceeded against under the provision.
(3) Nothing in this
section affects the liability of a corporation for a contravention of an
offence provision or for a breach of a civil penalty provision.
86—Corporations also in breach if officers and employees are in breach
If an officer or employee of a corporation commits an act, which is within the
scope of the actual or apparent authority of the officer or employee, that
would, if that act were committed by the corporation, constitute a breach of a
provision of this Law, the Regulations or the Rules, the corporation is taken
to have contravened that provision.
Part 7—The making of the National Electricity Rules
Division 1—General
Subdivision 1—Interpretation
87—Definitions
In this Part—
AEMC initiated Rule means a Rule of the kind referred to in
section 91(2);
AEMC Rule review means a review conducted by the AEMC under Division 5 of
Part 4;
electricity market regulatory body means—
(a) the
AER;
(b)
AEMO;
(c) the
Reliability Panel;
market initiated proposed Rule means a request for a Rule, including a trial
Rule, made under section 91(1) in respect of which the AEMC publishes a
notice under section 95;
more preferable Rule has the meaning given by section 91A;
non-controversial Rule means a Rule that is unlikely to have a significant
effect on the national electricity market;
proposed Rule means—
(a) a
market initiated proposed Rule; or
(b) a
proposal for an AEMC initiated Rule; or
(c) a
proposed more preferable Rule;
publish means—
(a) in
relation to a notice required to be published under this Part (except
section 90 or 103)—publish in the South Australian Government
Gazette and on the AEMC's website;
(ab) in
relation to a decision under section 94(2)—publish on the AEMC's
website and make available at the offices of the AEMC;
(b) in
relation to a proposed Rule referred to in section 95 and any other
documents prescribed by the Regulations in relation to a proposed Rule
referred to in section 95—publish on the AEMC's website and make
available at the offices of the AEMC;
(c) in
relation to a draft Rule determination or final Rule
determination—publish on the AEMC's website and make available at the
offices of the AEMC;
(ca) in
relation to a notice setting out requirements imposed under
section 104B—publish on the AEMC's website;
(d) in
relation to any submissions or comments received by the AEMC under this
Part—subject to section 108, publish on the AEMC's website and make
available at the offices of the AEMC;
(e) in
relation to a report prepared under section 108A—publish on the
AEMC's website and make available at the offices of the AEMC;
trial Rule means a Rule for the purposes of a trial project;
urgent Rule means a Rule relating to any matter or thing that, if not made as
a matter of urgency, will result in that matter or thing imminently
prejudicing or threatening—
(a) the
effective operation or administration of the wholesale exchange operated and
administered by AEMO; or
(b) the
safety, security or reliability of the national electricity system.
Subdivision 2—Rule making tests
88—Application of national electricity objective
(1) The AEMC may only
make a Rule if it is satisfied that the Rule will or is likely to contribute
to the achievement of the national electricity objective.
(2) For the purposes
of subsection (1), the AEMC may give such weight to any aspect of the
national electricity objective as it considers appropriate in all the
circumstances, having regard to any relevant MCE statement of policy
principles.
88A—AEMC must take into account form of regulation factors in certain
cases
In addition to complying with sections 88 and 88B, the AEMC must take
into account the form of regulation factors and any other matter the AEMC
considers relevant—
(a) in
making a Rule that—
(i)
specifies an electricity network service as a direct
control network service or negotiated network service; or
(ii)
confers a function or power on the AER to specify under a
network revenue or pricing determination an electricity network service (to
which the relevant determination applies) as—
(A) a direct control network service; or
(B) a negotiated network service; or
(b) in
revoking a Rule that has been made or is in force that—
(i)
specifies an electricity network service as a direct
control network service or negotiated network service; or
(ii)
confers a function or power on the AER to specify under a
network revenue or pricing determination an electricity network service (to
which the relevant determination applies) as—
(A) a direct control network service; or
(B) a negotiated network service.
88B—AEMC must take into account revenue and pricing principles in
certain cases
In addition to complying with sections 88 and 88A, the AEMC must take
into account the revenue and pricing principles in making a Rule for or with
respect to any matter or thing specified in items 15 to 24 and 25 to 26J
of Schedule 1 to this Law.
88C—AEMC must take into account innovative trial principles in certain
cases
In addition to complying with sections 88 to 88B, the AEMC must take
into account the innovative trial principles in making a trial Rule.
89—AEMC must have regard to certain matters in relation to the making of
jurisdictional derogations
In making a jurisdictional derogation, the AEMC must have regard to
whether—
(a) the
derogation provides for the orderly transfer of the regulation of the
electricity industry in a participating jurisdiction under jurisdictional
electricity legislation to the regulation of that industry under the national
electricity legislation; or
(b) the
derogation continues existing regulatory arrangements applying to the
electricity industry in a participating jurisdiction and the Minister of the
participating jurisdiction requesting the derogation has notified, in writing,
the AEMC that he or she considers it necessary and appropriate that the
existing regulatory arrangements continue; or
(c) the
derogation is necessary to exempt, on an ongoing basis, generating,
transmission or distribution systems or other facilities owned, controlled or
operated in the participating jurisdiction to which the derogation relates
from complying with technical standards relating to connection to the national
electricity system set out in the Rules because those systems or facilities,
by reason of their design or construction, are unable to comply with those
standards.
Division 2—Minister initiated National Electricity Rules
Subdivision 1—Initial Rules made by Minister
90—South Australian Minister to make initial National Electricity Rules
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia may make Rules
for or with respect to any matter or thing referred to in section 34 and
Schedule 1 to this Law.
(2) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the Minister
referred to in that subsection must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette ; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(3) The notice
referred to in subsection (2)(a) must state the date on which the Rules
commence operation.
(4) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(5) If the Minister
referred to in subsection (1) makes Rules under that subsection, the
Minister cannot make another Rule under that subsection.
90A—South Australian Minister to make further Rules relating to
distribution determinations consumer advocacy and other matters
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia may make
Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to any matter or thing referred to in—
(i)
items 14A and 14B of Schedule 1 to this Law; and
(ii)
items 25 to 26H of Schedule 1 to this Law; and
(iii)
items 26I and 26J of Schedule 1 to this Law as they
relate to distribution determinations and access determinations relating to
access disputes about access to electricity network services provided by means
of a distribution system;
(iv)
items 26K, 30A to 30D and 34A to 34C of Schedule 1 to
this Law;
(b) for
or with respect to any matter or thing contemplated by, or is necessary or
expedient for the purposes of the items of Schedule 1 to this Law referred to
in paragraph (a);
(c) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the Australian
Energy Market Commission Establishment (Consumer Advocacy Panel) Amendment Act
2007 of South Australia.
(2) Despite anything
to the contrary in this Law, the Minister referred to in subsection (1)
may make a Rule under this section that is a derogation without a request from
any person.
(3) Section 34(3)
applies to the making of Rules under subsection (1) as if the Rules being
made under subsection (1) were Rules being made by the AEMC.
(4) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the Minister
referred to in that subsection must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(5) The notice
referred to in subsection (4)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(6) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(7) If the Minister
referred to in subsection (1) makes Rules under that subsection, the
Minister cannot make another Rule under that subsection.
90AB—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to
consumer data right and further Rules relating to disclosure of data
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the
South Australian Minister ) may make Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to the implementation of the CDR provisions relating to a
designated energy sector, including the disclosure of CDR data; and
(b) for
or with respect to the recovery of costs incurred by AEMO in the carrying out
of functions under section 49(1)(fa); and
(c) for
or with respect to access to and disclosure of metering data and NMI Standing
Data; and
(d) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the consumer data
right amendments.
(2) Rules may only be
made under subsection (1) on the recommendation of the MCE.
(3) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(4) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under this section, the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(5) The notice
referred to in subsection (4)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
(7) In this
section—
consumer data right amendments means the amendments made to this Law by the
National Electricity (South Australia) (Consumer Data Right) Amendment
Act 2022 .
90B—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules related to AEMO's
functions under this Law
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the South
Australian Minister ) may make Rules on any 1 or more of the following
subjects:
(a)
AEMO's statutory functions (including the additional advisory functions and
the declared network functions);
(b) the
subject matter of a new head of power added to Schedule 1 by the AEMO
amendments;
(c) any
other subject contemplated by, or consequential on, the AEMO amendments.
(2) Rules may only be
made under subsection (1) on the recommendation of the MCE.
(3) Rules in the
nature of a derogation may be made under subsection (1) even though there
may not have been a request for a derogation.
(4) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(5) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish in the South Australian Government Gazette notice of the making of the
Rules stating the date of commencement of the Rules or, if different Rules
commence at different times, the various dates of commencement; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
90BA—South Australian Minister may make consequential Rules relating to
rate of return instrument
(1) The South
Australian Minister may make Rules that revoke or amend a Rule if the
revocation or amendment is consequential on the enactment of the Statutes
Amendment (National Energy Laws) (Binding Rate of Return Instrument)
Act 2018 .
(2) Without limiting
subsection (1), the South Australian Minister may make a rule providing
that the rate of return on capital under a rate of return instrument in force
at the start of a regulatory period applies throughout the period.
(3) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under this section in the same way it applies to Rules
made by the AEMC.
(4) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under this section, the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(5) The notice
referred to in subsection (4)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; and
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(6) Rules may only be
made under this section on the recommendation of the MCE.
(7) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
(8) In this
section—
regulatory period means the period specified in a network revenue or pricing
determination to be the regulatory period;
South Australian Minister means the Minister in right of the Crown of South
Australia administering Part 2 of the National Electricity (South Australia)
Act 1996 of South Australia.
90C—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules related to smart
meters
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the South
Australian Minister ) may make Rules for or with respect to either or both of
the following subjects:
(a) the
smart meter amendments;
(b) any
other subject contemplated by, or consequential on, the smart meter
amendments.
(2) Rules may only be
made under subsection (1) on the recommendation of the MCE.
(3) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(4) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish in the South Australian Government Gazette notice of the making of the
Rules stating the date of commencement of the Rules or, if different Rules
commence at different times, the various dates of commencement; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(5) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
90D—South Australian Minister may make initial Rules relating to
implementation of NERL and NERR
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the South
Australian Minister ) may make Rules for or with respect to the following:
(a)
retail support obligations between regulated distribution system operators and
retailers;
(b)
credit support arrangements between regulated distribution system operators
and retailers;
(c)
connection services;
(d) any
other matter consequential on the making of the National Energy Retail Law or
the National Energy Retail Rules or on the application of that Law or those
Rules in a participating jurisdiction.
(2) The South
Australian Minister may make Rules that amend the Rules made under
subsection (1) for any purpose that is necessary or consequential on the
application of the National Energy Retail Law or the National Energy Retail
Rules in a participating jurisdiction.
(3) Rules in the
nature of a derogation may be made under this section even though there may
not have been a request for a derogation.
(4) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under this section in the same way as it applies to
Rules made by the AEMC.
(5) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under this section, the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(6) The notice
referred to in subsection (5)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(7) Rules may only be
made under this section on the recommendation of the MCE.
(8) Rules cannot be
made under this section once any one of the participating jurisdictions
applies the National Energy Retail Law as a law of that jurisdiction.
90DA—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to
regulatory sandboxing
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the
South Australian Minister ) may make Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to—
(i)
the regulatory sandboxing amendments; and
(ii)
any other subject contemplated by, or necessary or
expedient for the regulatory sandboxing amendments; and
(b) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the regulatory
sandboxing amendments.
(2) section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(3) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under this section, the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(4) The notice
referred to in subsection (3)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(5) Rules may only be
made under subsection (1) on the recommendation of the MCE.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
(7) In this
section—
regulatory sandboxing amendments means the amendments made to this Law by the
Statutes Amendment (National Energy Laws) (Regulatory Sandboxing)
Act 2022 .
90E—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to Energy
Consumers Australia
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the
South Australian Minister ) may make Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to Energy Consumers Australia (including provisions for its
funding); and
(b) for
or with respect to any other subject contemplated by, or consequential on, the
ECA amendments; and
(c) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the ECA
amendments.
(2) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(3) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(4) The notice
referred to in subsection (3)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(5) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
90EA—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to
Retailer Reliability Obligation
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the South
Australian Minister ) may make Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to—
(i)
the Retailer Reliability Obligation amendments; and
(ii)
any other subject contemplated by, or consequential on,
the Retailer Reliability Obligation amendments; and
(b) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the Retailer
Reliability Obligation amendments.
(2) Rules may be made
under subsection (1) only on the recommendation of the MCE.
(3) For the purposes
of subsection (1), a reference in section 34(1) to the national
electricity system is taken to be a reference to the national electricity
system or a local electricity system (as the context requires).
(4) Rules in the
nature of a derogation may be made under subsection (1) even though there
may not have been a request for a derogation.
(5) Rules made under
subsection (1) may be differential Rules.
(6) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(7) If the Minister
makes Rules under subsection (1), the Minister cannot make another Rule
under that subsection.
(8) In this
section—
differential Rule means a Rule that—
(a)
varies in its terms as between—
(i)
the national electricity system; and
(ii)
1 or more, or all, of the local electricity systems; or
(b) does
not have effect with respect to 1 or more of those systems;
local electricity system means—
(a) an
electricity system in this jurisdiction prescribed or declared in or under the
application Act of this jurisdiction to be a local electricity system; and
(b) the
generating systems and other facilities owned, controlled or operated in
this jurisdiction connected to that local electricity system;
Retailer Reliability Obligation amendments means the amendments made to
this Law by the National Electricity (South Australia) (Retailer Reliability
Obligation) Amendment Act 2019 .
90EB—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to
stand-alone power systems
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the
South Australian Minister ) may make Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to the stand-alone power system amendments; and
(b) for
or with respect to any other subject contemplated by, or necessary or
expedient for, the stand-alone power system amendments; and
(c) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the stand-alone
power system amendments.
(2) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(3) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(4) The notice
referred to in subsection (3)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(5) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
(7) In this
section—
stand-alone power system amendments means the amendments made to this Law by
the Statutes Amendment (National Energy Laws) (Stand-Alone Power Systems)
Act 2021 .
90EC—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to
Ministerial reliability instrument
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the South
Australian Minister ) may make Rules—
(a) for
or with respect to—
(i)
the Ministerial reliability instrument amendments; and
(ii)
any other subject contemplated by, or necessary or
expedient for, the Ministerial reliability instrument amendments; and
(b) that
revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the Ministerial
reliability instrument amendments.
(2) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(3) For the purposes
of subsection (1), a reference in section 34(1) to the national
electricity system is taken to be a reference to the national electricity
system or a local electricity system (as the context requires).
(4) Rules in the
nature of a derogation may be made under subsection (1) even though there
may not have been a request for a derogation.
(5) Rules made under
subsection (1) may be differential Rules.
(6) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under this section, the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(7) The notice
referred to in subsection (6)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(8) Rules may only be
made under subsection (1) on the recommendation of the MCE.
(9) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
(10) In this
section—
differential Rule means a Rule that—
(a)
varies in its terms as between—
(i)
the national electricity system; and
(ii)
1 or more, or all, of the local electricity systems; or
(b) does
not have effect with respect to 1 or more of those systems;
local electricity system means—
(a) an
electricity system in this jurisdiction prescribed or declared in or under the
application Act of this jurisdiction to be a local electricity system; and
(b) the
generating systems and other facilities owned, controlled or operated in
this jurisdiction connected to that local electricity system;
Ministerial reliability instrument amendments means the amendments made to
this Law by the National Electricity (South Australia) (Ministerial
Reliability Instrument) Amendment Act 2023 .
90ED—South Australian Minister may make initial Rules relating to
national electricity objective
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia may,
within 9 months after the commencement of this section—
(a) make
Rules for or with respect to any matter or thing necessary or expedient to
implement the amended objective; and
(b) make
Rules for or with respect to any other subject contemplated by, or necessary
or expedient for implementing, the amended objective; and
(c) make
Rules that revoke or amend a Rule as a consequence of the enactment of the
Statutes Amendment (National Energy Laws) (Emissions Reduction Objectives)
Act 2023 of South Australia.
(2) Rules in the
nature of a derogation may be made under subsection (1) even though there
may not have been a request for a derogation.
(3) Section 34(3)
applies to the making of Rules under subsection (1) as if the Rules being
made under subsection (1) were Rules being made by the AEMC.
(4) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the Minister
referred to in that subsection must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(5) The notice
referred to in subsection (4)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(6) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(7) If the Minister
referred to in subsection (1) makes Rules under that subsection, the
Minister cannot make another Rule under that subsection.
(8) In this
section—
amended objective means the national electricity objective as in force on the
commencement of this section.
90EF—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to
wholesale market monitoring matters
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the
National Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia may
make Rules for the following:
(a) the
making of—
(i)
market monitoring information orders; and
(ii)
wholesale market monitoring guidelines;
(b) the
way the AER consults—
(i)
on the wholesale market monitoring guidelines under
section 18EO(3); and
(ii)
the public, under section 18EH, before making a
market monitoring information order.
(2) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(3) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(4) The notice
referred to in subsection (3)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(5) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
90EG—South Australian Minister to make initial Rules relating to orderly
exit management
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia may make Rules
for matters or things necessary or expedient for the following:
(a) the
making of mandatory operation directions under Part 8AA Division 2;
(b) the
information that must be given to the AER, or otherwise disclosed, under Part
8AA Division 3;
(c) the
functions of the financial vehicle under section 118AS;
(d) the
administration of the OEM fund under Part 8AA Division 4
Subdivision 2;
(e)
payments to and by MOD generators under section 118AY;
(f) the
orderly exit management cost recovery mechanism under Part 8AA Division 4
Subdivision 4.
(2) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as it applies
to Rules made by the AEMC.
(3) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under subsection (1), the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(4) The notice
referred to in subsection (3)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(5) The Rules made
under subsection (1) may only be made on the recommendation of the MCE.
(6) Once the first
Rules have been made under subsection (1), no further Rules can be made
under that subsection.
Subdivision 2—Rules made by Minister from time to time
90F—South Australian Minister may make Rules on recommendation of MCE
and Energy Security Board
(1) The Minister in
right of the Crown of South Australia administering Part 2 of the National
Electricity (South Australia) Act 1996 of South Australia (the South
Australian Minister ) may make Rules recommended by the MCE in accordance with
subsection (2).
(2) The MCE may only
recommend the making of Rules under subsection (1) if—
(a) the
Rules are for or with respect to any matter or thing referred to in
section 34 and Schedule 1 to this Law; and
(b) the
Energy Security Board has recommended to the MCE that it recommend the making
of the Rules under subsection (1).
(3) For the purposes
of subsection (2), references in section 34(1) to the national
electricity system will be taken to be references to the national electricity
system or a local electricity system (as the context requires).
(4) The Energy
Security Board may only make a recommendation for the purposes of
subsection (2)(b) in relation to Rules if—
(a) the
Rules are in connection with any of the following:
(i)
energy security and reliability of the NEM or long-term
planning for the NEM;
(ii)
energy security and reliability of a local electricity
system or long-term planning for a local electricity system; and
(b) the
Energy Security Board is satisfied that the Rules are consistent with the
national electricity objective; and
(c) the
Energy Security Board has undertaken consultation on the Rules in accordance
with any requirements determined by the MCE.
(5) In considering
whether Rules are consistent with the national electricity objective, the
Energy Security Board must regard the reference in the national electricity
objective to the national electricity system as a reference to—
(a) the
national electricity system; or
(b) 1 or
more, or all, of the local electricity systems; or
(c) all
or any combination of the electricity systems referred to in
paragraphs (a) and (b),
as the Energy Security Board considers appropriate in the circumstances,
having regard to the nature, scope or operation of the Rules.
(6) Rules in the
nature of a derogation may be made under this section even though there may
not have been a request for a derogation.
(7) Rules made under
subsection (1) may be differential Rules.
(8) Section 34(3)
applies to Rules made under subsection (1) in the same way as that
section applies to Rules made by the AEMC.
(9) As soon as
practicable after making Rules under this section, the South Australian
Minister must—
(a)
publish notice of the making of the Rules in the South Australian Government
Gazette; and
(b) make
the Rules publicly available.
(10) The notice
referred to in subsection (9)(a) must state—
(a) the
date on which the Rules commence operation; or
(b) if
different Rules will commence operation on different dates, those dates.
(11) In this
section—
differential Rule means a Rule that—
(a)
varies in its terms as between—
(i)
the national electricity system; and
(ii)
1 or more, or all, of the local electricity systems; or
(b) does
not have effect with respect to 1 or more of those systems,
but is not a jurisdictional derogation, participant derogation or Rule that
has effect with respect to an adoptive jurisdiction for the purpose of
section 91(8);
local electricity system means—
(a) an
electricity system in this jurisdiction prescribed or declared in or under the
application Act of this jurisdiction to be a local electricity system; and
(b) the
generating systems and other facilities owned, controlled or operated in
this jurisdiction connected to that local electricity system.
Division 3—Procedure for the making of a Rule by the AEMC
91—Initiation of making of a Rule
(1) The AEMC may make
a Rule at the request of any person, the MCE or the Reliability Panel.
Note—
Section 34 and Schedule 1 to this Law specify the subject matter for
Rules.
(2) The AEMC must not
make a Rule without a request under subsection (1) unless—
(a) it
considers the Rule corrects a minor error in the Rules; or
(b) it
considers the Rule involves a non-material change to the Rules; or
(c) the
Rule is in respect of any matter that is prescribed by the Regulations as a
matter on which it may make a Rule on its own initiative.
(3) A Minister of a
participating jurisdiction, after consulting with the Ministers of the other
participating jurisdictions, may request the AEMC to make a jurisdictional
derogation in respect of the jurisdiction of which he or she is a Minister.
(4) The Reliability
Panel may only request the AEMC to make a Rule that relates to its functions.
Note—
Section 38(2) describes the functions of the Reliability Panel.
(5) A person conferred
a right, or on whom an obligation is imposed, under the Rules (including a
Registered participant) may request the AEMC to make a participant derogation
that relates to, as the case requires—
(a) that
person; or
(b) a
class of person of which that person is a member.
(6) AEMO may itself,
or on behalf of itself and a Registered participant or a class of Registered
participant, request the AEMC to make a participant derogation that relates to
(as the case requires)—
(a) it;
or
(b) it
and the Registered participant; or
(c) it
and the class of Registered participant.
(7) A request for a
Rule regulating AEMO's declared network functions may only be made by—
(a)
AEMO; or
(b) a
declared transmission system operator that is a party to a network agreement
with AEMO; or
(c) a
Minister of an adoptive jurisdiction.
(8) The AEMC may only
make a Rule that has effect with respect to an adoptive jurisdiction if
satisfied that the proposed Rule is compatible with the proper performance of
AEMO's declared network functions.
(9) The AEMC may only
make a Rule that affects the allocation of powers, functions and duties
between AEMO and a declared transmission system operator if—
(a) AEMO
consents to the making of the Rule; or
(b) the
Rule is requested by the Minister of the relevant adoptive jurisdiction.
91A—AEMC may make more preferred Rule in certain cases
The AEMC may make a Rule that is different (including materially different)
from a market initiated proposed Rule (a more preferable Rule ) if the AEMC is
satisfied that, having regard to the issue or issues that were raised by the
market initiated proposed Rule (to which the more preferable Rule relates),
the more preferable Rule will or is likely to better contribute to the
achievement of the national electricity objective.
91B—AEMC may make Rules that are consequential to a Rule request
(1) Despite
section 91(2), the AEMC may, having regard to a request to make a Rule
under section 91(1), make a Rule under this Law, the National Gas Law or
the National Energy Retail Law that is necessary or consequential, or
corresponds, to the Rule.
(2) For the purposes
of this Part, the AEMC must treat a Rule it may make under subsection (1)
as if it were part of the Rule to be made on that request.
92—Contents of requests for Rules
(1) A request for the
making of a Rule—
(a) must
contain the information prescribed by the Regulations or the Rules (or both);
and
(ab)
must, subject to section 92A, be accompanied by the fee prescribed by the
Regulations (if any); and
(b) may
be accompanied by a draft of the Rule to be made.
(2) A request for the
making of a participant derogation must specify a date on which the
participant derogation, if made, will expire.
(3) A request for the
making of a jurisdictional derogation may specify a date on which
the jurisdictional derogation, if made, will expire.
92A—Waiver of fee for Rule requests
The AEMC may waive the payment of any fee prescribed by the Regulations for
the purposes of section 92.
93—Consolidation of 2 or more Rule requests
(1) If the AEMC
considers it necessary or desirable that 2 or more requests for the making of
a Rule should be dealt with together, the AEMC may—
(a)
treat those requests as 1 request for the purposes of this Part (a
consolidated Rule request ); or
(b)
treat any later request as a submission in relation to the earliest Rule
request.
(2) For the purposes
of this Part, the AEMC may treat a consolidated Rule as being received by it
on the day it receives either the first or last of the Rule requests forming
part of the consolidated Rule request.
94—Initial consideration of request for Rule
(1) Subject to this
Part, as soon as practicable after receiving a request for the making of a
Rule, the AEMC must consider whether—
(a) the
request for the Rule appears to—
(i)
contain the information prescribed by the Regulations or
the Rules (or both); and
(ii)
not be misconceived or lacking in substance; and
(b) the
subject matter of the request appears to be for or with respect to a matter in
respect of which the AEMC may make a Rule under this Law; and
Note—
Section 34 and Schedule 1 to this Law specify the subject matter for
Rules.
(c) the
subject matter of the request appears to relate to the subject matter
of—
(i)
a Rule made, or a request for the making of a Rule under
section 91(1) not proceeded with, in the 12 months immediately
before the date of receipt of the request; or
(ii)
another request for the making of a Rule under
section 91(1) in respect of which the AEMC is taking action under this
Part; and
(d) in
the case of a request for a trial Rule—the subject matter of the request
appears to relate to the subject matter of—
(i)
a trial waiver granted by the AER; or
(ii)
an application for a trial waiver that has been received
by the AER (but that has not been granted at the time of the request for the
trial Rule).
(2) If the AEMC
considers that—
(a) in
the case of a request for the making of any Rule—having regard to the
matters set out in subsection (1), it should not take any action under
this Division in respect of the request; or
(b) in
the case of a request for the making of a trial Rule—it should not take
any action under this Division in respect of the request on the basis
that—
(i)
the trial project to which the request relates—
(A) is unlikely to be carried out; or
(B) offers no reasonable prospect of
leading to better services and outcomes for consumers of electricity; or
(ii)
the trial Rule requested—
(A) is unnecessary to enable the trial
project to be undertaken (including, for example, because the trial project
could be undertaken under a trial waiver); or
(B) is unlikely to enable the trial project
to be undertaken; or
(C) should be the subject of a request for
a Rule other than a trial Rule,
the AEMC must make a decision to that effect and inform the person or body, in
writing, that requested the Rule of that decision.
(3) Despite
subsection (1) or (2), the AEMC may make a decision to the effect that it
should not take any action under this Division in respect of the request for
the making of the Rule if the person or body that made the request has not
complied with a notice in accordance with section 94A.
(4) In making a
decision under subsection (3), the AEMC must have regard to any
representation it receives under section 94A(4).
(5) A decision under
subsection (2) or (3) must—
(a) set
out the reasons for the decision; and
(b) be
given to the person or body that made the request without delay; and
(c) in
the case where the decision was made only because of the matters set out in
subsection (1)(c)—be published.
(6) Subject to this
Part, if the AEMC considers that, having regard to the matters set out in
subsection (1), it should take action under this Division in respect of
the request for the making of the Rule, the AEMC must publish notice of the
request for the making of a Rule in accordance with section 95.
(7) The AEMC must, as
soon as practicable after receiving a request for the making of a trial Rule,
consult with AEMO on the matter.
94A—AEMC may request further information from Rule proponent in certain
cases
(1) This section
applies if the AEMC—
(a)
receives a request for the making of a Rule under section 91(1); and
(b)
considers, having regard to the nature and content of the request, that
further information is required from the person or body that has made the
request to assist it to understand the request's purpose or content.
(2) The AEMC may, by
notice in writing, request the person or body that made the request under
section 91(1) to provide the AEMC further information.
(3) A notice under
subsection (2) must specify—
(a) the
kind of information the AEMC requires from the person or body; and
(b) the
time within which that information must be provided to the AEMC.
(4) A person or body
given a notice under this section may make a written representation to the
AEMC as to why it cannot provide the information specified in the notice
within the time specified in the notice.
95—Notice of proposed Rule
(1) This section
applies if the AEMC—
(a)
considers that it should take action under this Division in respect of a
request for the making of a Rule; or
(b)
forms an intention to make an AEMC initiated Rule.
(a)
notice of the request or intention (as the case requires); and
(b) a
draft of the proposed Rule; and
(c) any
other document prescribed by the Regulations.
(2) A notice published
under this section must—
(a)
invite written submissions and comments from any person or body in relation to
the proposed Rule by the date specified in the notice by the AEMC, being a
date that is not less than 4 weeks from the date the notice is published; and
(b)
contain any other information prescribed by the Regulations.
(3) Nothing in this
Division is to be taken as requiring the AEMC to publish notices under this
section in the same order as it—
(a)
considers that it should take action under this Division in respect of a
request for the making of a Rule; or
(b)
forms an intention to make an AEMC initiated Rule.
96—Publication of non-controversial or urgent final Rule determination
(1) Subject to this
section, if the AEMC considers that—
(a) an
AEMC initiated Rule is a non-controversial Rule; or
(b) a
request for a Rule is a request for a non-controversial Rule; or
(c) a
request for a Rule is a request for an urgent Rule,
the AEMC may make the relevant Rule in accordance with this Division (except
sections 98 to 101) and as if the period of time within which the final
Rule determination in respect of the relevant Rule must be published were 8
weeks from the date of publication of the notice under section 95.
(2) Before making a
Rule as set out in subsection (1), the AEMC must include in a notice
under section 95 a statement to the effect that the AEMC may make the
relevant Rule if the AEMC does not receive a written request, and reasons, not
to do so from any person or body within 2 weeks of publication of that notice.
(3) The AEMC must not
make a Rule in accordance with this section if, following publication of a
notice under section 95 containing a statement to the effect set out in
subsection (2)—
(a) the
AEMC receives a written request not to do so; and
(b) the
reasons set out in that request are not, in its opinion, misconceived or
lacking in substance.
(4) If the AEMC is of
the opinion that the reasons given by a person or body in a written request
for it not to make the non-controversial Rule or urgent Rule are misconceived
or lacking in substance, the AEMC must—
(a) make
a decision to that effect; and
(b) give
the person or body its reasons, in writing, for that decision without delay.
(5) If the AEMC is of
the opinion that the reasons given by a person or body in a written request
for it not to make the non-controversial Rule or urgent Rule, are not
misconceived or lacking in substance, the AEMC must publish a notice to the
effect that it will make the relevant Rule in accordance with this Division
(other than this section).
96AA—Publication of final Rule determination for trial Rule
(1) If the AEMC
considers that a request for a Rule is a request for a trial Rule, the AEMC
may make the relevant Rule in accordance with this Division (except
sections 98 to 101) and as if the period of time within which the
final Rule determination in respect of the relevant Rule must be published
were 10 weeks from the date of publication of the notice under
section 95.
(2) Sections 96
and 96A do not apply to a request for a trial Rule.
96A—"Fast track" Rules where previous public consultation by electricity
market regulatory body or an AEMC review
(a) an
electricity market regulatory body has—
(i)
made a request for the making of a Rule under
section 91(1); and
(ii)
consulted with the public on the nature and content of
the request before making that request; or
(b) a
person or the MCE has made a request for the making of a Rule under
section 91(1) on the basis of—
(i)
a recommendation for the making of a Rule contained in a
MCE directed review; or
(ii)
a conclusion for the making of a Rule contained in an
AEMC Rule review.
(2) The AEMC may take
action under this Division in respect of the request without complying with
section 95(2)(a) or 98 if it is of the opinion that—
(a) in
the case where the request has been made by an electricity market regulatory
body in the circumstances described in subsection (1)(a)—the
consultation conducted by the electricity market regulatory body was adequate,
having regard to—
(i)
the nature and content of that request; and
(ii)
the kind of consultation conducted by the electricity
market regulatory body;
(b) in
the case where the request has been made by a person or the MCE in the
circumstances described in subsection (1)(b)—
(i)
the request reflects, or is consistent with, the relevant
recommendation contained in the MCE directed review or relevant conclusion in
the AEMC Rule review (as the case requires); and
(ii)
there was adequate consultation with the public by the
AEMC on the content of the relevant recommendation or relevant conclusion
during the MCE directed review or AEMC Rule review (as the case requires).
(3) To avoid
doubt—
(a)
section 94 applies to a request for the making of a Rule to which this
section applies; and
(b)
section 97 does not apply to a request for the making of a Rule to which
this section applies.
97—Right to make written submissions and comments
Any person or body, within the period specified in a notice under
section 95, may make a written submission or comment in relation to the
proposed Rule to which the notice relates.
98—AEMC may hold public hearings before draft Rule determination
(1) The AEMC may (but
need not), at any time after publication of a notice under section 95 and
before making a draft Rule determination, hold a hearing in relation to any
proposed Rule.
(2) Notice of a
hearing held under this section must—
(a) be
published; and
(b)
contain the information prescribed by the Regulations (if any).
99—Draft Rule determinations
(1) The AEMC must make
a draft Rule determination before making a final Rule determination in
relation to the proposed Rule.
(1a) Subject to this
Part, the AEMC must, within 10 weeks after the date specified in a notice
under section 95, publish—
(a) the
draft Rule determination; and
(b)
notice of the making of the draft Rule determination.
(1b) In the case of a
proposed Rule to which section 96A applies, the AEMC must publish the
draft Rule determination and notice of the making of the draft Rule
determination within 5 weeks after the date notice under section 95(1a)
is published.
(2) A draft Rule
determination must contain—
(a) the
reasons of the AEMC as to whether or not it should make the proposed Rule,
including—
(i)
in the case where the proposed Rule is not a proposed
more preferable Rule, the reasons of the AEMC as to whether it is satisfied
the proposed Rule will or is likely to contribute to the achievement of the
national electricity objective; and
(ii)
in the case of a proposed more preferable Rule, the
reasons of the AEMC as to whether it is satisfied the proposed more preferable
Rule will or is likely to better contribute to the achievement of the national
electricity objective than the market initiated Rule request to which the more
preferable Rule relates; and
(iii)
if the AEMC is required to take into account the form of
regulation factors or the revenue and pricing principles, the reasons of the
AEMC taking those factors or principles (as the case requires) into account;
and
(iv)
the reasons of the AEMC having regard to any relevant MCE
statement of policy principles; and
(v)
the reasons of the AEMC having regard to any other
matters the AEMC considers relevant; and
(b) if
the AEMC determines to make a Rule, a draft of the Rule to be made; and
(c) any
other matters that are prescribed by the Regulations.
(3) The draft of the
Rule to be made need not be the same as the draft of the proposed Rule to
which the notice under section 95 relates.
(4) A notice referred
to in subsection (1a) must—
(a)
invite written submissions and comments from any person or body in relation to
the determination within a period specified by the AEMC, being a period not
less than 6 weeks from the date of publication of the notice; and
(b)
include a statement to the effect that any interested person or body may
request, in writing within one week after the publication of the notice, the
AEMC to hold a hearing in accordance with section 101; and
(c)
contain any other information prescribed by the Regulations.
100—Right to make written submissions and comments in relation to draft
Rule determination
Any person or body, within the period specified in a notice under
section 99(1a)(b), may make a written submission or comment in relation
to a draft Rule determination to which the notice relates.
101—Pre-final Rule determination hearings
(1) The AEMC may (but
need not), at any time after publication of a notice under
section 99(1a)(b) and before making a final Rule determination, hold a
hearing in relation to a draft Rule determination.
(1a) In addition, any
person or body may request, in writing, within 1 week after the publication of
a notice under section 99(1a)(b), the AEMC to hold a hearing in relation
to a draft Rule determination.
(2) Despite
subsection (1), the AEMC may decide not to a hold a hearing in relation
to a draft Rule determination.
(2a) Without limiting
the reasons why the AEMC may decide not to hold a hearing in relation to a
draft Rule determination, the AEMC may decide not to hold a hearing if—
(a) the
person or body that requests the AEMC to hold a hearing does not make a
written submission or comment in accordance with section 100; and
(b) no
other person or body requests the AEMC to hold a hearing.
(3) If the AEMC
decides not to hold a hearing after a request under subsection (2), it
must give the person or body that requested the hearing its reasons, in
writing, for declining that person's or body's request.
(4) If the AEMC
decides to hold a hearing, or agrees to hold a hearing after a request under
subsection (1a), the AEMC must—
(a)
appoint a date (being not later than 3 weeks after the date of publication of
the notice under section 99), time and place for the holding of the
hearing; and
(b)
publish a notice of that date, time and place.
102—Final Rule determinations
(1) Subject to
section 102A, the AEMC must make a final Rule determination as to whether
to make a proposed Rule.
(1a) Subject to this
Part, the AEMC must, within 6 weeks after the period for written submissions
or comments in relation to the draft Rule determination ends, publish—
(a) the
final Rule determination; and
(b)
notice of the making of the final Rule determination.
(2) A final Rule
determination must contain—
(a) the
reasons of the AEMC as to whether or not it should make a Rule,
including—
(i)
in the case where the Rule to be made is not a more
preferable Rule, the reasons of the AEMC as to whether it is satisfied the
Rule will or is likely to contribute to the achievement of the national
electricity objective; and
(ii)
in the case where the Rule to be made is a more
preferable Rule, the reasons of the AEMC as to whether it is satisfied the
more preferable Rule to be made will or is likely to better contribute to the
achievement of the national electricity objective than the market initiated
Rule request to which the more preferable Rule relates; and
(iii)
if the AEMC is required to take into account the form of
regulation factors or the revenue and pricing principles, the reasons of the
AEMC taking those factors or principles (as the case requires) into account;
and
(iiia)
if the AEMC is required to take into account the innovative trial principles,
the reasons of the AEMC taking those principles into account; and
(iv)
the reasons of the AEMC having regard to any relevant MCE
statement of policy principles; and
(v)
the reasons of the AEMC having regard to any other
matters the AEMC considers relevant; and
(b) any
other matters that are prescribed by the Regulations.
(3) A notice referred
to in subsection (1a) must contain the information prescribed by the
Regulations.
102A—Proposal to make more preferable Rule
(1) If, in view of the
response to a draft Rule determination, the AEMC proposes to make a more
preferable Rule, the AEMC may—
(a)
make, and publish notice of, a draft Rule determination in respect of the
proposed more preferable Rule; or
(b)
make, and publish notice of, a final Rule determination for the proposed more
preferable Rule.
(2) The final Rule
determination, or further draft Rule determination, and the related notice,
must be published within 6 weeks after the end of the period for
submissions or comments on the earlier draft Rule determination.
103—Making of Rule
(1) Subject to this
section, if the AEMC, in its final Rule determination, determines to make a
Rule, the AEMC must make the relevant Rule as soon as practicable after the
publication of the final Rule determination.
(2) Notice of the
making of the Rule must be published in the South Australian Government
Gazette as soon as practicable after the making of the Rule.
(3) The Rule that is
made in accordance with subsection (1) need not be the same as the draft
of the proposed Rule to which a notice under section 95 relates or the
draft of a Rule contained in a draft Rule determination.
(4) In the case
of—
(a) a
participant derogation; or
(b) a
jurisdictional derogation where the request for the derogation specified a
date on which the derogation will expire,
the AEMC must not make the derogation unless that derogation specifies a date
on which it will expire.
(5) The AEMC must not
make a trial Rule unless the date on which the Rule will expire (which must be
no more than 5 years after the date on which the trial Rule commences
operation) is specified in the Rule.
104—Operation and commencement of Rule
A Rule made under section 103 commences operation on the day the relevant
notice is published in the South Australian Government Gazette or on any day
after that day that is provided for in the relevant notice or the Rule.
104A—Extension of trial Rule
(1) Subject to this
section, the AEMC may, on request, extend, by notice, the date on which a
trial Rule will expire (the expiry date ) to a later date, being a date that
falls not more than the period prescribed by the Regulations after the expiry
date.
(2) Before extending
the expiry date of a trial Rule, the AEMC—
(a) must
have regard to the innovative trial principles; and
(b) must
consult with the AER; and
(c) if
the AEMC considers that the trial Rule, or the trial project to which the
trial Rule relates, may impact on AEMO's operation of the national electricity
system and national electricity market—must consult with AEMO; and
(d) may
consult with any other person.
(3) A request under
subsection (1) must—
(a) be
made to the AEMC at least 60 days before the expiry date; and
(b)
specify the length of the extension required.
(4) A notice under
subsection (1) must—
(a) be
published; and
(b)
specify the later date referred to in subsection (1).
(5) The expiry date of
a trial Rule may only be extended once under subsection (1).
104B—AEMC may impose requirements on proponent of trial project on
making trial Rule
(1) The AEMC may, in
connection with making a trial Rule, by notice, impose requirements on a
person or body that proposes to undertake the trial project (a proponent ) to
which the trial Rule relates.
(2) Without limiting
subsection (1), the AEMC may impose a requirement that 1 or more
reports be submitted to the AER in relation to the trial project.
(3) A notice under
subsection (1) must—
(a) be
published; and
(b)
comply with any other requirements prescribed by the Regulations.
(4) A proponent to
which requirements imposed under this section apply must comply with those
requirements.
(5) If a proponent
breaches subsection (4) and, as a result of the breach, the AER
recommends that a trial Rule be revoked before the date on which the Rule will
expire, the AEMC may—
(b) vary
or revoke a requirement imposed on the proponent, or impose further
requirements on the proponent.
104C—AEMC may revoke trial Rule on recommendation of AER
(1) The AEMC may, on
the recommendation of the AER, revoke a trial Rule in accordance with this
Part.
(2) This section is in
addition to, and does not limit, section 104B.
104D—Special provision for revocation of trial Rule
(1) Division 1
Subdivision 2, Division 3 and Division 4 do not apply to the revocation
of a trial Rule by the AEMC under section 104B(5)(a) or 104C(1).
(2) As soon as
practicable after revoking a trial Rule under section 104B(5)(a) or
104C(1), the AEMC must—
(a)
publish notice of the revocation, specifying the date on which the revocation
takes effect, on its website; and
(b)
publish reasons for the revocation on its website.
105—Rule that is made to be published on website and made available to
the public
On publication of a notice in accordance with section 103(2), the AEMC
must, without delay—
(a)
publish the Rule on its website; and
(b) make
copies of the Rule available to the public at its offices.
106—Evidence of the National Electricity Rules
A document purporting to be a copy of—
(a) the
National Electricity Rules; or
(b) the
initial National Electricity Rules; or
(c) an
amendment to the initial National Electricity Rules or the National
Electricity Rules,
endorsed with a certificate to which the seal of the AEMC has been duly
affixed certifying the document is such a copy, is evidence that the document
is such a copy.
Division 4—Miscellaneous provisions relating to Rule making by the AEMC
107—Extensions of periods of time in Rule making procedure
(1) Despite anything
to the contrary in this Part, the AEMC may, by notice, extend a period of time
specified in Division 3 if the AEMC considers that a request for a Rule raises
issues of sufficient complexity or difficulty or there is a material change in
circumstances such that it is necessary that the relevant period of time
specified in Division 3 be extended.
(2) A notice under
subsection (1) must—
(a) be
published; and
(b) set
out the period of time specified in Division 3 to be extended; and
(c)
specify a new period of time to apply in the place of the period of time
specified in Division 3.
(2a) A notice under
subsection (1) may be published at the same time as a notice under
section 95.
(3) The AEMC may only
extend a period of time under this section before the expiry of that time.
107A—AEMC may extend period of time for making of final Rule
determination for further consultation
(1) This section
applies if—
(a) a
person or body raises an issue in—
(i)
a submission or comment in relation to a draft Rule
determination; or
(ii)
a hearing held under section 98 or 101; and
(b) the
AEMC considers the issue raised by the person or body requires further public
consultation in relation to the proposed Rule or draft Rule determination.
(2) Despite anything
to the contrary in this Part and without limiting section 107, the AEMC
may, by notice, extend the period of time specified in section 102 within
which it must make a final Rule determination.
(3) A notice under
subsection (2) must—
(a) be
published; and
(b)
specify a new period of time to apply in the place of the period of time
specified in section 102; and
(c)
specify the issue on which the AEMC requires further public submissions and
comments; and
(d)
invite written submissions and comments from any person or body by the date
specified in the notice.
(4) The new period of
time must not have the effect of extending the relevant period of the time
specified in section 102 by more than 4 weeks.
(5) The AEMC may only
extend the period of time under this section before the expiry of the time
specified in section 102.
(6) Any person or
body, within the period specified in a notice under subsection (2) may
make a written submission or comment in relation to the issue specified in the
notice.
108—AEMC may publish written submissions and comments unless
confidential
(1) Subject to this
section, the AEMC may publish any information in any written submission or
comment given to it under this Part unless—
(a) the
person or body who gave the information, claims, when giving it to the AEMC,
that it contains confidential information; and
(b) the
AEMC decides that the written submission or comment contains confidential
information.
(2) A written
submission or comment given to the AEMC under this Part that has been claimed
under this section to contain confidential information, and that the AEMC has
decided contains confidential information, may be published if that
information is omitted.
(3) If information is
omitted from a published written submission or comment given to the AEMC under
this Part as being confidential information, a note to that effect must be
included in the submission or comment at the place in the submission or
comment from which the information is omitted.
Note—
See also section 31 of this Law and section 24 of the Australian Energy
Market Commission Establishment Act 2004 of South Australia.
108A—AEMC must publicly report on Rules not made within 12 months of
public notification of requests
(1) This section
applies if the AEMC—
(a)
publishes a notice under section 95 in respect of a request for the
making of a Rule; but
(b) does
not make a final Rule determination in respect of that request within
12 months after the publication of that notice (the report trigger date
).
(2) The AEMC must
prepare a report on the request as soon as practicable after the report
trigger date.
(3) A report prepared
under this section must—
(a)
contain the reasons why the final Rule determination has not been made within
12 months after the publication of the notice under section 95; and
(b)
specify when the AEMC considers it will make the final Rule determination; and
(c) be
published.
108B—Subsequent rule making by AEMC
Nothing in Division 2 Subdivision 2 is to be taken to affect the power of the
AEMC to make Rules (in accordance with this Law and the Regulations) for or
with respect to any matter or thing referred to in section 34 and
Schedule 1 to this Law (whether before or after Rules have been made under
that Division).
Part 8—Safety and security of the National Electricity System
109—Definitions
In this Part—
AEMO load shedding procedures means procedures developed under
section 112;
jurisdictional load shedding guidelines means guidelines prepared under
section 111;
sensitive loads means the loads or classes of loads specified as such in
jurisdictional load shedding guidelines.
110—Appointment of jurisdictional system security coordinator
(1) A Minister of
this jurisdiction may, for the purposes of this Law and the Rules, appoint a
person to be the jurisdictional system security coordinator for this
jurisdiction.
(2) An appointment
under subsection (1) must be in writing.
(3) AEMO is eligible
for appointment as a jurisdictional system security coordinator for 1 or more
participating jurisdictions.
(4) In its capacity as
a jurisdictional system security coordinator for a participating jurisdiction,
AEMO is subject to direction by the Minister for the relevant jurisdiction
with respect to—
(a)
jurisdictional load shedding guidelines; and
(b) the
order in which loads are to be shed or restored; and
(c) the
classification of loads as sensitive; and
(d) the
sensitive loads that are not to be shed or restored without the Minister's
approval.
111—Jurisdictional system security coordinator to prepare jurisdictional
load shedding guidelines
(1) The jurisdictional
system security coordinator must, subject to the Rules, prepare, maintain, and
if necessary, update guidelines in relation to the shedding, and restoration,
of loads in this jurisdiction for—
(a) the
purpose of enabling AEMO to maintain power system security; or
(b)
reasons of public safety.
(2) The guidelines
must specify—
(a)
loads or classes of loads as sensitive loads; and
(b)
requirements in relation to the shedding and restoration of loads that AEMO
must comply with, in accordance with the Rules, in the event that it is
necessary to do so for AEMO to maintain power system security, or for reasons
of public safety.
(3) The guidelines
must also specify the following lists—
(a) a
list of sensitive loads or classes of sensitive loads in this
jurisdiction—
(i)
to be shed and restored and the order in which those
loads are to be shed or restored in the event that it is necessary to do so
for AEMO to maintain power system security, or for reasons of public safety;
and
(ii)
which must not be shed, or the restoration of which must
not be prevented, without the prior approval of the jurisdictional system
security coordinator; and
(b) a
list of loads or classes of loads (other than sensitive loads) to be shed and
restored in this jurisdiction and the order in which those loads are to be
shed or restored in the event that it is necessary to do so for AEMO to
maintain power system security, or for reasons of public safety.
(4) If AEMO is not
the jurisdictional system security coordinator, the coordinator must give a
copy of the jurisdictional load shedding guidelines and any updated guidelines
to AEMO.
(5) The jurisdictional
load shedding guidelines must reflect the terms of any relevant agreement or
determination about load shedding under section 115A.
112—AEMO to develop load shedding procedures for each participating
jurisdiction
(1) AEMO must, in
accordance with the Rules, develop, maintain, and if necessary, update
procedures in relation to the manner in which loads or classes of loads
(including sensitive loads) will be shed or restored—
(a) in
this jurisdiction in accordance with the jurisdictional load shedding
guidelines; and
(b) as
between participating jurisdictions.
(2) AEMO (if not
the jurisdictional system security coordinator) must give to
the jurisdictional system security coordinator a copy of the AEMO load
shedding procedures, and any updated procedures, applicable to this
jurisdiction.
(3) The procedures
must be consistent with the relevant jurisdictional load shedding guidelines.
113—Exchange of information
(1) For the purpose of
enabling AEMO to maintain power system security, or for reasons of public
safety, the relevant authorities may exchange information about loads and load
shedding in the participating jurisdictions.
(2) A relevant
authority must pass on information about loads and load shedding to the
Minister of a particular participating jurisdiction so far as the information
may be necessary—
(a) to
enable the Minister—
(i)
to manage the safety and security of those parts of the
national electricity system in the participating jurisdiction; or
(ii)
to manage the safety and security of a gas system in the
participating jurisdiction; or
(b) for
reasons of public safety.
(3) The Minister may
give information received under subsection (2) to other Ministers or
officials responsible for public safety, or power system or gas system safety
or security, in a participating jurisdiction.
(4) A person to whom
information is disclosed under subsection (3) must not further disclose
the information unless the further disclosure is to a Minister or officials
responsible for public safety, or power system or gas system safety or
security in a participating jurisdiction.
(5) In this
section—
information includes confidential information relating to loads or classes of
loads given to AEMO by a Registered participant;
information about loads and load shedding means information about—
(a)
loads and classes of loads in a particular participating jurisdiction; and
(b) the
possibility or probability that the supply of electricity will prove
insufficient to meet the loads or some other reason for load shedding may
arise; and
(c) the
loads to be shed in the event of insufficiency of supply or for any other
reason in accordance with—
(i)
the Rules; or
(ii)
jurisdictional load shedding guidelines; or
(iii)
AEMO load shedding procedures;
relevant authority means—
(a)
AEMO; or
(b) a
jurisdictional system security coordinator.
114—AEMO to ensure maintenance of supply of sensitive loads
AEMO must use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the national
electricity system (other than regulated stand-alone power systems) is
operated in a manner that maintains the supply to sensitive loads.
115—Shedding and restoring of loads
(1) Subject to
subsection (2), if AEMO considers that it is necessary for loads to be
shed in this jurisdiction to maintain power system security, or for reasons of
public safety, AEMO may direct the shedding or restoration of loads (including
sensitive loads) in this jurisdiction in accordance with the AEMO load
shedding procedures developed for this jurisdiction.
(2) AEMO must use
reasonable endeavours to obtain the approval of the jurisdictional system
security coordinator before directing the shedding, or preventing the
restoration of, sensitive loads or a class of sensitive loads that the
jurisdictional system security coordinator has listed in the jurisdictional
load shedding guidelines as requiring the coordinator's approval before—
(a)
those loads or classes of loads may be shed; or
(b) the
restoration of those loads or classes of loads may be prevented.
(3) The jurisdictional
system security coordinator must not unreasonably withhold the approval
referred to in subsection (2).
(4)
Subsections (2) and (3) are inapplicable where AEMO is itself the
jurisdictional system security coordinator.
115A—Determination of customer load shedding arrangement
(1) AEMO may, with the
approval of the Minister of a participating jurisdiction, enter into an
agreement with a Registered participant to determine the arrangements to apply
to customer load shedding in the relevant participating jurisdiction where the
available supply of electricity is, or is likely to become, less than
sufficient for the reasonable requirements of the community.
(2) If AEMO is unable
to reach agreement with a Registered participant about load shedding
arrangements within 6 months after AEMO offers to enter into an agreement
with the Registered participant for that purpose, the Minister may determine
those arrangements.
(3) The Minister must,
at least 14 days before arrangements take effect under
subsection (2), give the Registered participant and AEMO written notice
of the arrangements.
(4) The Minister may
appoint a person to review and advise the Minister on any proposed
arrangements under this section.
(5) In determining
load shedding arrangements, the Minister must take into account the need
to—
(a)
protect the national electricity system; and
(b)
ensure the safe and effective supply of electricity; and
(c)
ensure that the available supply of electricity is fairly distributed to the
community; and
(d)
increase the available supply of electricity; and
(e)
regulate the use of the available supply of electricity, having regard to the
needs of the community.
(6) AEMO must publish
any arrangements determined under this section on its website.
116—Actions that may be taken to ensure safety and security of national
electricity system
(1) AEMO may, if it
considers that it is necessary—
(a) to
maintain power system security; or
(b) for
reasons of public safety,
direct a Registered participant, or authorise a person to direct a Registered
participant, or subject to subsection (2), authorise a person, to take
one or more relevant actions in accordance with the Rules.
(2) A person
authorised under subsection (1) must not take any relevant action unless
the person has directed the Registered participant to take the action and the
Registered participant has failed to take the action within a reasonable
period.
(2a) A direction under
this section should, if practicable, be consistent with load shedding
arrangements agreed or determined under section 115A.
(3) AEMO does not
incur any civil monetary liability for any relevant action taken by a
Registered participant in accordance with a direction given by it under this
section unless the direction is given in bad faith.
(4) A person who
directs a Registered participant to take a relevant action, or who takes a
relevant action in accordance with an authorisation under subsection (1),
does not incur any civil monetary liability for the action taken by the
Registered participant or by the person unless the person gives the direction,
or takes the relevant action, in bad faith.
(5) A Registered
participant does not incur any civil monetary liability for a relevant action
taken in accordance with a direction given to it under this section unless
that action is taken in bad faith
(6) In this
section—
relevant action means—
(a) to
switch off, or re-route, a generator;
(b) to
call equipment into service;
(c) to
take equipment out of service;
(d) to
commence operation or maintain, increase or reduce active or reactive power
output;
(e) to
shut down or vary operation;
(f) to,
in accordance with the Rules and any procedures made in accordance with the
Rules in relation to load shedding, shed or restore load;
(g) to
do any other act or thing necessary to be done to maintain power system
security or for reasons of public safety.
117—AEMO to liaise with Minister of this jurisdiction and others during
an emergency
(1) AEMO must, if
required to do so by reason, or as a result, of an emergency direction, liaise
with—
(a) a
Minister or the jurisdictional system security coordinator of this
jurisdiction; or
(b) if
the Minister or jurisdictional system security coordinator has nominated
another person as the person with whom AEMO must liaise, that person.
(2) In this
section—
emergency direction means any direction given or issued, or order given, under
or in accordance with any legislation of this jurisdiction, or instrument made
under or for the purposes of that legislation, during an emergency in
this jurisdiction.
118—Obstruction and non-compliance
(1) A person must not,
without reasonable excuse, obstruct or hinder a person in the exercise of a
power under section 116.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$34 000;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$170 000.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
(2) A person must not,
without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with a direction under
section 116.
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$34 000;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$170 000.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
Part 8AA—Orderly exit management
Division 1—Preliminary
118AA—Definitions
In this Part—
affiliate , of a Registered participant, means the following:
(a) a
related body corporate of the Registered participant;
(b) a
related entity of the Registered participant;
(c) a
person involved in a joint venture with—
(i)
the Registered participant; or
(ii)
another affiliate of the Registered participant;
authorised deposit-taking institution means an authorised deposit-taking
institution within the meaning of the Banking Act 1959 of the
Commonwealth;
contribution determination —see section 118AZB(1);
contribution order —see section 118AZC(1);
distribution network service provider has the meaning given by the Rules;
early closure proposal means—
(a) a
notice given to AEMO, after 31 December 2020, in accordance with the
Rules that a Registered participant, registered as a Generator, expects a
relevant generating unit to cease supplying electricity—
(i)
earlier than the expected closure date previously
notified to AEMO; and
(ii)
within 7 years of the date of the notice to AEMO; or
(b) an
application by a Registered participant for a notice exemption for a relevant
generating unit;
financial vehicle means the entity established by the Minister under
section 118AS;
generator payment instrument means a payment order made under
section 118AY(1)(b);
mandatory operation direction —see section 118AD(1);
mandatory operation period —see section 118AD(2)(e);
Minister means the Minister of the participating jurisdiction in which the
relevant generating unit, to which an early closure proposal applies, is
located;
MOD generating unit means a relevant generating unit subject to a mandatory
operation direction;
notice exemption means an exemption given to a Registered participant by the
AER, in accordance with the Rules, from the requirement to notify AEMO of the
intended closure date of a relevant generating unit at least 42 months
before the intended closure date;
OEM payments —see section 118AZC(1);
orderly exit management fund means the fund established by the financial
vehicle in accordance with section 118AT;
payment order means an order made under section 118AY(1);
related body corporate has the same meaning as in the Corporations Act 2001 of
the Commonwealth;
related entity has the same meaning as in the Corporations Act 2001 of the
Commonwealth;
relevant generating unit means a thermal power turbine and related plant used
in the production of electricity that, in accordance with the Rules, is
classified as a scheduled generating unit;
Rules obligations means the obligations imposed on a Registered participant by
a Rule made under section 118AD(3)(c);
voluntary agreement means a voluntary agreement under section 118AH.
118AB—Application of Part to jurisdiction
(1) This Part does not
apply in a participating jurisdiction unless a regulation, made by the
Governor of the participating jurisdiction acting on the recommendation of the
Minister, is in force specifying for the jurisdiction—
(a) the
date from which this Part applies; and
(b) the
extent to which this Part applies; and
(c) the
way the financial vehicle is to be established.
(2) An agreement made
between the Minister and a Registered participant before this Part applies in
the participating jurisdiction may be prescribed by a regulation made under
this section as a voluntary agreement.
Division 2—Mandatory operation direction
118AC—Generating units that may be subject to mandatory operation
direction
The Minister may issue a mandatory operation direction for a relevant
generating unit if the relevant Registered participant has submitted an early
closure proposal for the unit.
118AD—Mandatory operation direction
(1) The Minister may
issue a mandatory operation direction requiring a Registered participant to
operate 1 or more relevant generating units if the Minister is satisfied
that giving the direction is necessary—
(a) for
the national electricity system or a region within the national electricity
system—
(i)
to maintain power system security; or
(ii)
to maintain system reliability; or
(b) for
reasons of public safety.
(2) A mandatory
operation direction must be given in writing and include the following:
(a) the
Registered participant to whom the direction applies;
(b) the
relevant generating units to which the direction applies;
(c) the
way the relevant generating units must be operated;
(d) the
generating capacity that must be supplied by a relevant generating unit or a
group of specified units;
(e) the
period (a mandatory operation period ) for which a relevant generating unit
must be operated, being—
(i)
if the Registered participant submitted an early closure
proposal for the generating unit prior to the commencement of this
Part—a period of not more than 3 years after the closure date
specified in the early closure proposal; or
(ii)
if the Registered participant submitted an early closure
proposal for the generating unit after the commencement of this Part—a
period ending no later than the expected closure date previously notified to
AEMO;
(f) the
date the mandatory operation period commences;
(g) the
circumstances in which the Minister must consider amending the direction.
(a)
prescribe additional matters that must be included in a mandatory operation
direction; and
(b)
prescribe the circumstances, or the types of circumstance, that may be
specified under subsection (2)(g); and
(c)
prescribe obligations that must be complied with by a Registered participant
who receives a mandatory operation direction; and
(d) make
provision for the insurances that must be maintained in respect of a MOD
generating unit; and
(e) make
provision for the advice the Minister obtains from AEMO, including the
following:
(i)
the scope of advice;
(ii)
matters that must be included in the advice;
(iii)
the way the advice must be given.
(4) Before issuing a
mandatory operation direction, the Minister—
(a) must
obtain advice from AEMO on the following:
(i)
the impact, or likely impact, of the closure of the
relevant generating unit on—
(A) the security of the power system; and
(B) the reliability of the national
electricity system;
(ii)
alternatives to issuing the direction; and
(b) must
be satisfied there are no reasonably practicable alternatives to issuing the
direction; and
(c) may
obtain advice from the AER in accordance with the Rules; and
(d) may
obtain and consider other information the Minister considers to be relevant;
and
(e) must
give the Registered participant to whom the direction applies and the AER a
draft of the proposed direction and an opportunity to comment on the proposed
direction.
(5) The Minister is
not required to consider a comment made more than the prescribed number of
days after a draft of the proposed direction is given to the Registered
participant and the AER under subsection (4)(e).
(6) In this
section—
maintenance of system reliability includes managing the risk of low
probability events that may have a high impact;
prescribed number of days means—
(a)
20 business days; or
(b) the
number of business days prescribed by the Rules.
118AE—Registered participant must comply with mandatory operation
direction
(1) A Registered
participant who receives a mandatory operation direction must comply
with—
(a) the
direction; and
(b) the
Rules obligations.
Note—
This subsection is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil
penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
(2) A Registered
participant does not incur liability for breach of contract, breach of
confidence or another civil wrong by complying with a mandatory operation
direction, including the Rules obligations.
(3) Despite
subsection (1), the Rules may prescribe—
(a)
circumstances in which a Registered participant is not required to comply with
a mandatory operation direction; and
(b) the
information a Registered participant who is not required to comply with a
mandatory operation direction must give the AER.
118AF—Minister to make information public
(1) The Minister must,
when issuing a mandatory operation direction, make the following information
publicly available in accordance with the Rules:
(a) the
reasons the Minister is satisfied, under section 118AD(1), that giving
the direction is necessary;
(b) a
list of the energy projects considered before making the direction.
(2) The Minister must
make the following information available in the way and at the time prescribed
by the Rules:
(a) the
advice received from AEMO under section 118AD(4)(a)(ii);
(b)
other information prescribed by the Rules.
(3) In this
section—
energy project includes the following:
(a)
energy generation projects;
(b)
energy storage projects;
(c)
energy transmission projects.
118AG—AEMO to make information public
AEMO must make the advice given to the Minister under
section 118AD(4)(a)(i) publicly available within 60 days after the
advice is given to the Minister.
118AH—Voluntary agreement
(1) Before issuing a
mandatory operation direction, the Minister must negotiate in good faith to
seek agreement with the Registered participant for continued operation of the
relevant generating units.
(2) If the Minister is
satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that a Registered participant is not
negotiating in good faith, the Minister may terminate the negotiations and
issue a mandatory operation direction.
(3) The Minister does
not fail to negotiate in good faith with a Registered participant only because
the Minister takes 1 or more steps under section 118AD(4)—
(a)
before or during the negotiations; or
(b)
without the knowledge of the Registered participant.
(4) The Minister must,
within 28 days after entering into a voluntary agreement, make publicly
available the Minister's reasons for entering into the agreement.
Note—
Section 118AO requires a Registered participant to give certain
information to the Minister and the AER at certain times, including at the
direction of the Minister or the AER.
118AI—Mandatory operation direction applies to affiliates
(1) A mandatory
operation direction, including the Rules obligations, applies to an affiliate
of a Registered participant in the same way as the direction applies to the
Registered participant if the affiliate provides services for 1 or more
relevant generating units subject to the mandatory operation direction.
Note—
This subsection is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil
penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
(2) An affiliate of a
Registered participant provides services for a relevant generating unit if the
affiliate supplies, contracts for or otherwise arranges the supply of the
following for the operation or maintenance of the relevant generating unit:
(a)
fuel, equipment and other goods;
(b)
labour, labour hire and other services.
(3) An affiliate of a
Registered participant does not incur liability for breach of contract, breach
of confidence or any other civil wrong, by complying with a mandatory
operation direction, including the Rules obligations.
118AJ—Amendment of mandatory operation direction
(1) The Minister may
amend a mandatory operation direction by revoking the direction and issuing a
new direction in accordance with section 118AD.
(2) When issuing a new
mandatory operation direction under this section, the Minister is not required
to comply with section 118AD(4)(a) to (d), 118AF(1)(b) or (2) or 118AG.
(3) The Rules may make
provision for matters to be included in a mandatory operation direction
reissued under this section.
118AK—Termination of mandatory operation direction
(1) The Minister may
terminate a mandatory operation direction by giving the Registered participant
subject to the direction and the AER written notice specifying—
(a) that
the direction is terminated; and
(b) the
date, not less than 3 months after the date of the notice, on which the
termination takes effect.
(2) The Minister may
terminate a mandatory operation direction—
(a) by
agreement with the Registered participant subject to the direction; or
(b) if
the Minister is satisfied, in accordance with the Rules, that effective
compliance with the direction is no longer possible; or
(c) if
the Minister otherwise determines on reasonable grounds that the direction
should be terminated; or
(d) in
circumstances prescribed by the Rules.
(3) The AER must, as
soon as practicable after receiving a notice under subsection (1),
publish the notice on its website.
(4) A Registered
participant is not entitled to compensation, other than as provided for in the
Rules, because of the termination of a mandatory operation direction.
118AL—Closure of generating unit after mandatory operation period
Immediately after the mandatory operation period applying to a MOD generating
unit ends or is terminated under section 118AK—
(a) the
Registered participant that operates the generating unit must cease operating
the generating unit; and
(b) the
Registered participant's registration under section 12 in relation to the
generating unit ends.
118AM—Compliance with obligations after closure of generating unit
A Registered participant who is or was subject to a mandatory operation
direction must, in accordance with the Rules, keep in place arrangements to
ensure the Registered participant can, on the closure of a MOD generating
unit—
(a)
comply with all of the Registered participant's obligations associated with
the generating unit; and
(b) meet
all liabilities associated with the generating unit including liabilities
arising from closing the unit.
Division 3—Information and reporting
118AN—AEMO and AER may disclose information
(1) The Minister may,
for the purposes of this Part, direct AEMO and the AER to provide information
and reports to the following:
(a) the
Minister;
(b) each
other.
(2) The Minister may
disclose information obtained under this Part to the AER.
(3) AEMO and the AER
are authorised to disclose information for the purposes of this Part.
(4) AEMO may disclose
information to the AER about the technical performance and reliability of a
relevant generating unit subject to a mandatory operation direction.
118AO—Information must be given to AER
(1) A Registered
participant must give the AER prescribed information as follows:
(a) for
a Registered participant who submits an early closure proposal after the
commencement of this Part—when submitting the early closure proposal;
(b) for
a Registered participant who submitted an early closure proposal after
31 December 2020 and before the commencement of this
Part—within 28 days after being directed by the Minister or the AER
to provide the information.
(2)
Subsection (1)(a) does not apply to an early closure proposal for which
the closure date is no more than 30 days earlier than the expected
closure date previously notified to AEMO.
(3) The AER
must—
(a) give
a copy of the information received under this section to the Minister; and
(b) in
accordance with the Rules, give a copy of the information received under this
section to AEMO.
(4) The Minister or
the AER may direct a Registered participant to provide—
(a)
additional prescribed information; or
(b) an
update of prescribed information previously provided to the AER.
(5) A Registered
participant who receives a direction under subsection (4) must provide
the information to—
(a) the
Minister; and
(b) the
AER.
(6) The Rules may make
provision for the way information must be provided under this section.
(7) In this
section—
prescribed information means information prescribed by the Rules.
Note—
Subsections (1) and (5) are civil penalty provisions: See the definition
of civil penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
118AP—AER may request other information
(1) The AER may, by
written notice, request a Registered participant to give the AER the following
information:
(a)
information the AER reasonably requires for its functions under this Part;
(b)
other information prescribed by the Rules.
(2) A notice under
this section may—
(a) be
given in the form determined by the AER; and
(b)
specify the way in which the information must be given.
(3) A Registered
participant who receives a request under this section must comply with the
request.
Note—
Subsection (3) is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil
penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
118AQ—Information disclosure
(1) When the Minister
issues a mandatory operation direction, the Minister must publish a notice
that includes the following information:
(a) the
Registered participant to whom the direction was issued;
(b) the
relevant generating units to which the notice applies;
(c) the
way the relevant generating units must be operated;
(d) the
generating capacity that must be supplied by the relevant generating units;
(e) the
period for which the relevant generating units must be operated;
(f) the
circumstances in which the Minister must consider amending the direction;
(g)
information prescribed by the Rules.
(2) If the Minister
enters into a voluntary agreement the Minister must publish a notice
containing information prescribed by the Rules.
(3) A notice under
this section must be published as follows:
(a) in
the Gazette;
(b) in
the other ways determined by the Minister.
118AR—Annual performance report
(1) A Registered
participant subject to a mandatory operation direction must, in accordance
with the Rules, prepare an annual report setting out the following:
(a) the
Registered participant's compliance with the direction;
(b) the
technical condition of each relevant generating unit to which the direction
applies;
(c) the
duration, scope and cost of forecast maintenance for each relevant generating
unit to which the direction applies;
(d)
financial information prescribed by the Rules;
(e)
information, prescribed by the Rules, about the fuel used in each relevant
generating unit;
(f)
other information prescribed by the Rules.
(2) The annual report
prepared under this section must, as provided for in the Rules, be given to
the following:
(a) the
Minister;
(b) the
AER;
(c) the
financial vehicle.
Note—
Subsections (1) and (2) are civil penalty provisions: See the definition
of civil penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
Division 4—Financial matters
Subdivision 1—Financial vehicle
118AS—Establishment and functions of financial vehicle
(1) The Minister must,
within a reasonable time after a regulation is made under section 118AB,
establish the financial vehicle in the way prescribed by the regulation.
(2) The financial
vehicle has the following functions:
(a)
functions set out in this Division;
(b)
functions prescribed by the Rules.
(3) The financial
vehicle must act in a commercially reasonable and prudent way.
Subdivision 2—Orderly exit management fund
118AT—Establishment of orderly exit management fund
(1) The financial
vehicle must establish a fund called the orderly exit management fund.
(2) Money in the
orderly exit management fund must be paid into an account kept with an
authorised deposit-taking institution.
(3) The Rules may make
provision for or with respect to the administration of the orderly exit
management fund.
118AU—Payments into orderly exit management fund
The following money must be paid into the orderly exit management fund:
(a) all
money received by the financial vehicle under a contribution order or a
generator payment instrument;
(b)
interest paid on money in the fund;
(c) all
money appropriated by the Parliament of a participating jurisdiction, or
advanced by the Treasurer of a participating jurisdiction, for payment into
the fund;
(d) all
money borrowed by the financial vehicle;
(e)
other money required to be paid into the fund under the Regulations, the Rules
or another law of a participating jurisdiction.
118AV—Payments from orderly exit management fund
(1) The following
payments may be made from the orderly exit management fund:
(a)
money required for the functions and obligations of the financial vehicle
under this Part;
(b)
money required for the functions and obligations of AEMO and the AER under
this Part;
(c)
money required to be paid from the fund by the Regulations, the Rules or
another law of a participating jurisdiction.
(2) If, in the opinion
of the financial vehicle, the orderly exit management fund contains more money
than is required to make reasonably anticipated payments under
subsection (1), the excess money in the fund must be—
(a) held
as a credit against future OEM payments; or
(b) on
the expiry of a mandatory operation direction—be returned to electricity
consumers in the way provided for by the Rules.
118AW—Payments where mandatory operation direction not made
(1) This section
applies if the Minister is satisfied there is a reasonably practicable
alternative to issuing a mandatory operation direction.
(2) The Minister may
direct the financial vehicle to make payments from the orderly exit management
fund to meet reasonable costs associated with the reasonably practicable
alternative.
(3) The Rules may make
provision for payments under this section.
(4) In this
section—
reasonably practicable alternative means the reasonably practicable
alternative on which the Minister bases a decision to not issue a mandatory
operation direction to a Registered participant.
118AX—Payments where voluntary agreement made
If the Minister makes a voluntary agreement, the Minister may direct the
financial vehicle to make payments from the orderly exit management fund in
accordance with the agreement.
Subdivision 3—Payments to and by MOD generators
118AY—Ministerial order
(1) Following the
making of a mandatory operation direction, the Minister must, by 1 or
more written orders made in accordance with the Rules, direct that the
payments set out in the order—
(a) be
made by the financial vehicle to a MOD generator; or
(i)
by the financial vehicle to a MOD generator; and
(ii)
by a MOD generator to the financial vehicle.
(2) A payment order
may specify the payments a MOD generator is to receive for the following:
(a) the
reasonable costs directly related to operating and maintaining the relevant
MOD generating unit and, in accordance with the Rules, a fair margin on those
costs;
(b) a
risk management margin, including risks associated with the relevant MOD
generating unit being inoperable for 1 or more periods of time;
(c)
other costs prescribed by the Rules.
(3) Payments for
subsection (2) must be determined by the AER in accordance with the
Rules.
(4) The Rules may make
provision for the following:
(a) the
period of time in which payments under a payment order must be made, including
periods before or after the applicable mandatory operation period;
(b)
additional matters to be dealt with in a payment order;
(c)
circumstances in which the Minister must amend a payment order;
(d)
other matters that may be addressed in a generator payment instrument.
(5) A MOD generator
does not, by complying with a payment order, incur liability for breach of
contract, breach of confidence or any other civil wrong.
(6) A person subject
to a payment order must comply with the order.
Note—
This subsection is a civil penalty provision: See the definition of civil
penalty provision in section 2AA(1).
(7) The Minister may
amend a payment order by revoking the order and making a new order.
(8) In this
section—
MOD generator means a Registered participant subject to a mandatory operation
direction.
118AZ—Excluded matter
A generator payment instrument is, under the Corporations Act 2001 of the
Commonwealth, section 5F(1)(d), declared, for that Act, Chapter 7,
to be an excluded matter.
Subdivision 4—Orderly exit management cost recovery mechanism
118AZA—Orderly exit management contributions
(1) The orderly exit
management contributions to be made by a distribution network service provider
comprise—
(a)
amounts determined by the AER for payments under a payment order; and
(b)
amounts determined by the Minister for payments made—
(i)
to a Registered participant under a voluntary agreement;
and
(ii)
under section 118AW; and
(c)
amounts determined by the Minister to meet—
(i)
costs incurred by AEMO and the AER for advice,
assessments, determinations, information and reports and other functions under
this Part; and
(ii)
the financial vehicle's reasonable exercise of functions
under this Part; and
(d)
amounts provided for in the Rules.
(2) The Rules may make
provision for—
(a) the
process the AER must follow when determining amounts for payments under a
payment order; and
(b) the
process the Minister must follow when determining amounts under
subsection (1)(c).
118AZB—Public notice of orderly exit management contributions
(1) The AER must, in
accordance with section 118AZA, determine the orderly exit management
contribution to be paid by a distribution network service provider (a
contribution determination ) for a financial year and make the determination
publicly available—
(a) by
no later than the date prescribed by the Rules; or
(b) if
the Rules do not prescribe a date for paragraph (a)—at least
5 months before the beginning of the financial year for which the
contribution is due.
(2) The Rules may
provide for the process to be followed by the AER when making a contribution
determination.
(3) If the AER does
not make a contribution determination as required by subsection (1) the
Minister may make the contribution determination and make it publicly
available.
(4) A contribution
determination must be made publicly available as follows:
(a) by
publication in the Gazette;
(b) in
the other ways determined by the AER or the Minister.
118AZC—Orderly exit management payments by distribution network service
providers
(1) The financial
vehicle may, by written order (a contribution order ), direct a distribution
network service provider to make payments to the orderly exit management fund
( OEM payments ) in accordance with the contribution determination applying to
the distribution network service provider.
(2) A contribution
order must specify the following:
(a) the
distribution network service provider required to make the OEM payments;
(b) the
amount of each OEM payment;
(c) the
date by which each OEM payment must be made;
(d) the
way each OEM payment must be made;
(e) that
each OEM payment must be made to the financial vehicle for payment into the
orderly exit management fund;
(f)
matters prescribed by the Rules.
(3) The Rules may
provide for the way an OEM payment may be recovered by the financial vehicle
from a distribution network service provider, including the period of time
over which the payment may be recovered.
(4) An OEM payment is
recoverable by the financial vehicle as a debt in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
118AZD—Cost recovery by distribution network service providers
The Rules may make provision for a distribution network service provider
to—
(a)
recover the following from electricity consumers:
(i)
an amount equivalent to the OEM payments made by the
distribution network service provider under section 118AZC;
(ii)
an amount payable under another law of a participating
jurisdiction;
(iii)
an amount payable as a condition of a licence or
authority held in a participating jurisdiction; and
(b)
refund an amount, or part of an amount, paid by electricity consumers.
Division 5—Miscellaneous
118AZE—Minister not required to take certain actions before making
mandatory operation direction
(1) The Minister is
not required to comply with sections 118AD(4)(a) to (d), 118AF(2)(a)
and 118AH before issuing a mandatory operation direction for a relevant
generating unit if, on the application of this Part in the participating
jurisdiction, there are less than 30 months before the expected early closure
date of the generating unit.
(2) The Minister is
not required to comply with section 118AH before issuing a mandatory
operation direction for a relevant generating unit if—
(a)
there are less than 30 months before the expected early closure date of
the generating unit; and
(b) the
Minister is of the opinion that the anticipated closure of the relevant
generating unit represents an unacceptable risk to—
(i)
power system security; or
(ii)
national electricity system reliability.
(3) In this
section—
expected early closure date , of a generating unit, means the early closure
date for the generating unit as previously notified to AEMO in an early
closure proposal.
118AZF—No liability for enactment or operation of Part
No action, claim or demand lies, or may be made or allowed by or in favour of
a person, against the Crown, the Minister or another person exercising
functions under this Part, including a rule made under this Part, for or in
relation to any damage, loss or injury sustained or alleged to be sustained
because of—
(a) the
enactment of this Part or its operation; or
(b)
anything done, or purporting to be done, under this Part or a rule made under
this Part.
118AZG—Review of Part
(1) The AEMC must
periodically review this Part to determine whether the policy objectives of
the Part remain valid and whether the terms of the Part remain appropriate for
securing those objectives.
(2) Reviews under this
section must consider the following matters:
(a) the
contribution of the OEM framework to the orderly exit of generating units from
the market;
(b) the
contribution of the OEM framework to mitigating disruption in the market from
the early exit of generating units from the market;
(c)
options for improving the administrative efficiency of the OEM framework;
(d) the
cost of the OEM framework;
(e)
matters prescribed by the Rules.
(3) Reviews under this
section are to be undertaken as follows:
(a) the
first review must be undertaken as soon as possible after the period of
5 years from the commencement of this Part;
(b) each
subsequent review must commence 5 years after the commencement of the
immediately preceding review.
(4) A report on the
outcome of each review is to be given to the MCE within 12 months after
the commencement of the review.
(5) Each member of the
MCE from a mandatory operation jurisdiction must table a report under this
section in each House of the jurisdiction's Parliament within 3 months
after the report is given to the MCE.
(6) With the prior
approval of the MCE, the AEMC may postpone a review, for a period of up to
5 years, if it is satisfied the review is unlikely to be of value.
(7) In this
section—
mandatory operation jurisdiction means a participating jurisdiction to which
this Part applies;
OEM framework means this Part and Rules made under this Part.
118AZH—Consultation between NSW and ACT
The relevant Minister of New South Wales must consult with the relevant
Minister of the Australian Capital Territory—
(a)
before seeking advice from AEMO under section 118AD(4)(a); and
(b)
before entering into a voluntary agreement or issuing a mandatory operation
direction.
Part 8A—Smart metering services
Division 1—Interpretation
118A—Definitions
In this Part—
smart meter assessment means an assessment of the costs and benefits, or
operational performance, or both, of different smart metering infrastructure
and other related technologies, including devices designed to enable direct
load control;
smart metering infrastructure means infrastructure (and associated systems)
associated with the installation and operation of remotely read electricity
metering and communications, including interval meters designed to transmit
data to, and receive data from, a remote locality;
smart meter trials means trials of smart metering infrastructure and other
related technologies, including devices designed to enable direct load
control.
Division 2—Ministerial pilot metering determinations
118B—Ministerial pilot metering determinations
(1) A Minister of a
participating jurisdiction may make a determination that requires a regulated
distribution system operator that earns most of its revenue from the provision
of electricity network services provided by means of a distribution system
situated partly or wholly in that participating jurisdiction to conduct smart
meter trials or undertake a smart meter assessment (or both).
(2) In making a
Ministerial pilot metering determination, the Minister must have regard
to—
(a) the
national electricity objective; and
(b) any
comments or submissions made to the Minister as part of the consultation
conducted under section 118C.
(3) A Ministerial
pilot metering determination must specify the regulated distribution system
operator, or the class of regulated distribution system operator to which the
determination applies (the relevant operator or relevant operators ).
(4) Without limiting
subsection (1), a Ministerial pilot metering determination may—
(a)
specify minimum standards of performance and service that must be met or
investigated by the relevant operator or relevant operators in conducting
smart meter trials;
(b)
specify the nature and timing of the smart meter trials;
(c) in
relation to information derived from a smart meter trial or a smart meter
assessment, require the relevant operator or relevant operators to—
(i)
subject to any conditions specified in the determination,
provide that information to a person specified in the determination; or
(ii)
make such information publicly available.
(5) A requirement of
the kind referred to in subsection (4)(c) may require information that
relates to a person—
(a) be
provided to another person; or
(b) be
made publicly available.
(6) However, a
requirement referred to in subsection (4)(c) must not require the
relevant operator to make the information publicly available in a manner that
identifies the person to whom the information relates unless the relevant
operator has the written consent of the person to do so.
(7)
Subsection (6) does not apply to information that is in the public
domain.
118C—Consultation with interested persons required before making
Ministerial pilot metering determination
Before making a Ministerial pilot metering determination, the Minister must
consult with a person or body that the Minister considers has an interest in
the determination.
Division 4—Provisions applicable to Ministerial smart metering
determinations
118F—Compliance with Ministerial smart metering determinations
(1) A regulated
distribution system operator must comply with a Ministerial smart metering
determination that applies to the operator.
(2) A regulated
distribution system operator incurs, by complying with a Ministerial pilot
metering determination, no liability for breach of contract, breach of
confidence or any other civil wrong.
118G—Minister of participating jurisdiction must consult with other
participating jurisdiction Ministers
A Minister of a participating jurisdiction must consult with the Ministers of
the other participating jurisdictions before making a Ministerial smart
metering determination.
118H—Content of Ministerial smart metering determinations
A Ministerial smart metering determination—
(a) may
be of general or limited application;
(b) may
differ according to differences in time, place and circumstances.
118I—Publication and giving of Ministerial smart metering determinations
As soon as practicable after a Ministerial smart metering determination is
made the determination—
(a) must
be published in the South Australian Government Gazette; and
(b) must
be given to—
(i)
every regulated distribution system operator to which it
applies; and
(ii)
the AER; and
(iii)
the AEMC.
118J—When Ministerial smart metering determinations take effect
A Ministerial smart metering determination has effect on and after the day
specified in the determination for the period specified in the determination.
118K—AEMC must publish Ministerial smart metering determination it
receives on its website
The AEMC must publish a Ministerial smart metering determination on its
website as soon as practicable after receiving it.
Part 9—Immunities
119—Immunity of AEMO and network service providers
(1) AEMO or an officer
or employee of AEMO does not incur any civil monetary liability for an act or
omission in the performance or exercise, or purported performance or exercise,
of a function or power of AEMO under this Law or the Rules unless the act or
omission is done or made in bad faith or through negligence.
(2) A network service
provider or an officer or employee of a network service provider does not
incur any civil monetary liability for an act or omission in the performance
or exercise, or purported performance or exercise, of a system operations
function or power unless the act or omission is done or made in bad faith or
through negligence.
(3) The civil monetary
liability for an act or omission of a kind referred to in subsection (1)
or (2) done or made through negligence may not exceed the prescribed maximum
amount.
(4) The Regulations
may, for the purposes of subsection (3), without limitation—
(a)
prescribe a maximum amount that is limited in its application to persons,
events, circumstances, losses or periods specified in the Regulations;
(b)
prescribe maximum amounts that vary in their application according to the
persons to whom or the events, circumstances, losses or periods to which they
are expressed to apply;
(c)
prescribe the manner in which a maximum amount is to be divided amongst
claimants.
(5) AEMO or a network
service provider may enter into an agreement with a person varying or
excluding the operation of a provision of this section and, to the extent of
that agreement, that provision does not apply.
(6) This section does
not apply to any liability of an officer or employee of a body corporate to
the body corporate.
(7) In this
section—
system operations function or power means a function or power prescribed as a
system operations function or power.
120—Immunity in relation to failure to supply electricity
(1) A Registered
participant or AEMO, or an officer or employee of a Registered participant or
AEMO, does not incur any civil monetary liability for any partial or total
failure to supply electricity unless the failure is due to an act or omission
done or made by the Registered participant or AEMO, or the officer or employee
of a Registered participant or AEMO, in bad faith or through negligence.
(2) A Registered
participant or AEMO may enter into an agreement with a person varying or
excluding the operation of subsection (1) and, to the extent of that
agreement, that subsection does not apply.
(2A)
Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to an agreement between a
retailer, or a regulated distribution system operator, and a person who is a
small customer within the meaning of the National Energy Retail Law.
(3) This section does
not apply—
(a) to
AEMO or an officer or employee of AEMO in relation to an act or omission in
the performance or exercise, or purported performance or exercise, of a
function or power of AEMO under this Law or the Rules; or
(b) to a
network service provider or an officer or employee of a network service
provider in relation to an act or omission in the performance or exercise, or
purported performance or exercise, of a system operations function or power;
or
(c) to
any liability of an officer or employee of a body corporate to the body
corporate.
(4) In this
section—
system operations function or power has the same meaning as in
section 119.
120A—Immunity in relation to use of computer software
(1) A protected person
incurs no civil monetary liability for loss or damage suffered by a Registered
participant or other person in consequence of the use of computer software to
operate the national electricity market.
(2) In this
section—
protected person means any of the following:
(a)
AEMO;
(b) an
officer, employee or agent of AEMO.
120B—Immunity from liability—dispute resolution
(1) A protected person
incurs no civil monetary liability for an act or omission in the exercise of
powers or functions related to dispute resolution under the Rules unless the
act or omission is done or made in bad faith.
(2) In this
section—
protected person means—
(a) a
person appointed under the Rules to manage and facilitate dispute resolution
under or in relation to the Rules; or
(b) an
arbitrator, mediator or other person appointed to resolve disputes, or assist
in dispute resolution, under or in relation to the Rules; or
(c) a
person or class of persons to which the protection of this section is extended
by the Regulations.
121—Immunity from personal liability of AEMC officials
(1) No personal
liability attaches to an AEMC official for an act or omission in good faith in
the performance or exercise, or purported performance or exercise of a
function or power under this Law, the Regulations or the Rules.
(2) A liability that
would, but for subsection (1), lie against an AEMC official lies instead
against the AEMC.
(3) In this
section—
AEMC official means—
(a) a
member of the AEMC;
(b) the
chief executive of the AEMC;
(c) a
member of staff appointed by the AEMC.
122—Immunity from personal liability of Reliability Panel
(1) No personal
liability attaches to a person appointed to the Reliability Panel for an act
or omission in good faith in the performance or exercise, or purported
performance or exercise, of a function or power of the Reliability Panel under
this Law, the Regulations or the Rules.
(2) A liability that
would, but for subsection (1), lie against a person appointed to the
Reliability Panel lies instead against the AEMC.
Part 10—Access Disputes
Division 1—Interpretation and application
123—Definitions
In this Part—
dispute hearing means a hearing conducted by the AER for the purpose of making
an access determination;
party , in relation to an access dispute, has the meaning given by
section 127.
124—Part does not limit how disputes about access may be raised or dealt
with
This Part is not to be taken to limit how a dispute about access to an
electricity network service may be raised or dealt with.
Division 2—Notification of access dispute
125—Notification of access dispute
(1) Subject to this
section, if a prospective network service user or network service user is
unable to agree with a network service provider about 1 or more aspects of
access to an electricity network service provided by means of, or in
connection with—
(a) a
distribution system; or
(b) a
transmission system,
owned, controlled or operated by that network service provider, the
prospective network service user, network service user or network service
provider may notify the AER, in writing, that an access dispute exists.
Note—
Access dispute is defined in section 2A.
(2) A notification
must be accompanied by the fee (if any) prescribed by the Regulations.
(3) On receiving a
notification under subsection (1), the AER must notify, in writing, of
the access dispute—
(a) the
network service provider, if a prospective network service user or network
service user (as the case requires) notified the AER of the access dispute
under subsection (1);
(b) the
prospective network service user or network service user (as the case
requires), if the network service provider notified the AER of the access
dispute under subsection (1).
126—Withdrawal of notification
(1) The person who
notified the AER of an access dispute under section 125(1) may withdraw
that notification at any time before the AER makes an access determination in
respect of that access dispute.
(2) The notification
must be withdrawn by notice in writing.
(3) If the
notification is withdrawn, it is taken for the purposes of this Part never to
have been given.
127—Parties to an access dispute
The parties to an access dispute are—
(a) the
person notifying the AER of an access dispute under section 125(1); and
(b) a
person notified by the AER under section 125(3); and
(c) if
the AER is of the opinion that the resolution of the access dispute may
involve requiring another person to do something—that other person; and
(d) any
other person who applies in writing to be made a party and is accepted by the
AER as having a sufficient interest.
Division 3—Access determinations
128—Determination of access dispute
(1) Unless the AER
terminates an access dispute under section 131, the AER must, subject to
this Part and the Rules, make a determination on access by (as the case
requires) the prospective network service user or network service user.
Note—
A delegate of the AER may make the access determination. See section 17
of this Law and section 44AAH of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 of the
Commonwealth.
(2) In making an
access determination the AER must comply with this Part and the Rules.
(3) An access
determination must—
(a) be
in writing; and
(b)
include a statement of reasons for making the determination; and
(c) be
given to the parties without delay.
(4) An access
determination has effect on and from the date specified in the determination.
129—AER may require parties to mediate, conciliate or engage in an
alternative dispute resolution process
(1) The AER may
require the parties, in accordance with the Rules, to mediate, conciliate or
engage in another alternative dispute resolution process for the purpose of
resolving the access dispute.
(2) A party must
comply with a requirement under subsection (1).
130—Access determination must give effect to network revenue or pricing
determination
The AER must, in making an access determination, give effect to a network
revenue or pricing determination—
(a)
applying to the electricity network services provided, or to be provided, that
are the subject of the access dispute; and
(b) in
effect at the time the determination is made,
(even though that determination may not have been in force when notification
of the access dispute was given).
131—AER may terminate access dispute in certain cases
(1) The AER may at any
time terminate an access dispute (without making an access determination) if
the AER considers that—
(a) the
notification of the access dispute was vexatious; or
(b) the
subject matter of the dispute is trivial, misconceived or lacking in
substance; or
(c) the
party who notified the access dispute had, but did not avail itself of, an
opportunity to engage in negotiations in good faith with the other party
before that notification; or
(d) a
specified dispute termination circumstance has occurred.
(2) Subject to
section 133, the AER may also terminate an access dispute (without making
an access determination) if the AER considers that the aspect of access about
which there is a dispute is expressly or impliedly dealt with under an
agreement between, as the case requires—
(a) the
prospective network service user and network service provider;
(b) the
network service user and network service provider.
(3) In this
section—
specified dispute termination circumstance means a circumstance specified by
the Rules as being a circumstance, the occurrence of which, entitles the AER
to terminate an access dispute (without making an access determination).
132—AER must terminate access dispute if there is genuine competition
Despite anything to the contrary in this Part, the AER must terminate an
access dispute (without making an access determination) if the AER considers
that the electricity network service the subject of the dispute could be
provided on a genuinely competitive basis by a person other than the network
service provider or an associate of the provider.
133—Restrictions on access determinations
(1) The AER must not
make an access determination that—
(a)
would have the effect of preventing a network service user obtaining a
sufficient amount of an electricity network service to be able to meet the
network service user's reasonably anticipated requirements, measured at the
time the access dispute was notified; or
(b)
subject to subsection (2), is inconsistent with a connection agreement
between the parties to the access dispute.
(2) The AER may make
an access determination that is inconsistent with a connection agreement
between the parties to the access dispute if the AER is of the opinion the
connection agreement affects the quality and security of electricity network
service being provided to another person.
(3) In this
section—
connection agreement means an agreement between a network service provider
and—
(a) an
owner, controller or operator of a generating system about the connection of
that system to a transmission system or distribution system owned, controlled
or operated by the network service provider; or
(b) a
person who purchases electricity supplied through a transmission system or
distribution system owned, controlled or operated by the network service
provider about the connection of that person's loads to that transmission
system or distribution system; or
(c)
another network service provider about the connection of transmission systems
or distribution systems (as the case requires) owned, controlled or operated
by the providers.
134—Access determination need not require the provision of an
electricity network service
An access determination may, but need not, require a network service provider
to provide an electricity network service to a prospective network service
user.
Division 4—Variation of access determinations
135—Variation of access determinations
(1) The AER may vary
an access determination on the application of any party to the determination.
However, it cannot vary the final determination if any other party objects.
Note—
If the parties cannot agree on a variation, a new access dispute can be
notified under section 125.
(2) Section 133
applies to a variation under this section as if—
(a) an
access dispute arising out of the access determination had been notified when
the application was made to the AER for the variation of the determination;
and
(b) the
variation were the making of an access determination in the terms of the
varied determination.
Division 5—Compliance with access determinations
136—Compliance with access determination
A party to an access dispute in respect of which an access determination is
made must comply with the access determination.
Note—
This section is a civil penalty provision.
Division 6—Access dispute hearing procedure
137—Hearing to be in private
(1) Subject to
subsection (2), a dispute hearing is to be in private.
(2) If the parties
agree, a dispute hearing or part of a dispute hearing may be conducted in
public.
(3) The AER may give
written directions as to the persons who may be present at a dispute hearing
that is conducted in private.
(4) In giving
directions under subsection (3), the AER must have regard to the wishes
of the parties and the need for commercial confidentiality.
138—Right to representation
In a dispute hearing a party may appear in person or be represented by another
person.
139—Procedure of AER
(1) In a dispute
hearing the AER—
(a) is
not bound by technicalities, legal forms or rules of evidence; and
(b) must
act as speedily as a proper consideration of the access dispute allows, having
regard to the need carefully and quickly to inquire into and investigate the
access dispute and all matters affecting the merits, and fair settlement, of
the access dispute; and
(c) may
inform itself about any matter relevant to the access dispute in any way it
thinks appropriate.
(2) The AER may
determine the periods that are reasonably necessary for the fair and adequate
presentation of the respective cases of the parties in the dispute hearing,
and may require that the cases be presented within those periods.
(3) The AER may
require evidence or argument to be presented in writing, and may decide the
matters on which the AER will hear oral evidence or argument.
(4) The AER may
determine that a dispute hearing is to be conducted by—
(a)
telephone; or
(b)
closed circuit television; or
(c) any
other means of communication.
(5) The Rules may make
further provision about the procedure for the conduct of dispute hearings.
140—Particular powers of AER in a hearing
(1) The AER may do any
of the following things for the purpose of determining an access dispute:
(a) give
a direction in the course of, or for the purpose of, a dispute hearing;
(b) hear
and determine the access dispute in the absence of a party who has been given
notice of the dispute hearing;
(c) sit
at any place;
(d)
adjourn to any time and place;
(e)
refer any matter to an independent expert and accept the expert's report as
evidence.
(2) The AER may make
an interim determination.
141—Disclosure of information
(1) The AER may give
an oral or written order to a person not to divulge or communicate to anyone
else specified information that was given to the person in the course of an
access dispute unless the person has the AER's permission.
(2) A person must not,
without reasonable excuse, refuse or fail to comply with an order under
subsection (1).
Maximum penalty:
(a) in
the case of a natural person—$3 400;
(b) in
the case of a body corporate—$17 000.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
142—Power to take evidence on oath or affirmation
(1) The AER may take
evidence on oath or affirmation and for that purpose the AER may administer an
oath or affirmation.
(2) The AER may summon
a person to appear before the AER to—
(a) give
evidence; or
(b)
produce such documents (if any) as are referred to in the summons; or
(c) give
evidence and produce such documents (if any) as are referred to in the
summons.
(3) The powers in this
section may be exercised only for the purposes of hearing and determining an
access dispute.
143—Failing to attend as a witness
A person who is served, as prescribed by the Regulations, with a summons to
appear as a witness before the AER must not, without reasonable excuse—
(a) fail
to attend as required by the summons; or
(b) fail
to appear and report himself or herself from day to day unless excused, or
released from further attendance, by the AER.
Maximum penalty: $6 300.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
144—Failing to answer questions etc
(1) A person appearing
as a witness before the AER must not, without reasonable excuse—
(a)
refuse or fail to be sworn or to make an affirmation; or
(b)
refuse or fail to answer a question that the person is required to answer by
the AER; or
(c)
refuse or fail to produce a document that he or she is required to produce by
a summons under this Part served on him or her as prescribed by the
Regulations.
Maximum penalty: $6 300.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
(2) It is a reasonable
excuse for the purposes of subsection (1) for a natural person to refuse
or fail to answer a question or produce a document on the ground that the
answer or the production of the document might—
(a) tend
to incriminate the person; or
(b)
expose the person to a criminal penalty.
(3)
Subsection (2) does not limit what is a reasonable excuse for the
purposes of subsection (1).
145—Intimidation etc
A person must not—
(a)
threaten, intimidate or coerce another person; or
(b)
cause or procure damage, loss or disadvantage to another person,
because that other person—
(c)
proposes to produce, or has produced, documents to the AER; or
(d)
proposes to appear, or has appeared, as a witness before the AER.
Maximum penalty: $6 300.
Note—
See Schedule 2 clause 37B, which provides for criminal penalty
amounts to be adjusted every 3 years to reflect movements in the consumer
price index. The adjusted amounts are published on the AER's website.
146—Party may request AER to treat material as confidential
(1) A party in a
dispute hearing may—
(a)
inform the AER that, in the party's opinion, a specified part of a document
contains confidential information; and
(b)
request the AER not to give a copy of that part to another party.
(2) On receiving a
request, the AER must—
(a)
inform the other party or parties that the request has been made and of the
general nature of the matters to which the relevant part of the document
relates; and
(b) ask
the other party or parties whether there is any objection to the AER complying
with the request.
(3) If there is an
objection to the AER complying with the request, the party objecting may
inform the AER of the objection and of the reasons for it.
(4) After
considering—
(a) a
request; and
(b) any
objection; and
(c) any
further submissions that any party has made in relation to the request,
the AER may decide—
(d) not
to give the other party or parties a copy of so much of the document as
contains confidential information that the AER thinks should not be given; or
(e) to
give the other party or another specified party a copy of the whole, or part,
of the part of the document that contains confidential information subject to
a condition that the party give an undertaking not to disclose the information
to another person except to the extent specified by the AER and subject to
such other conditions as the AER determines.
147—Costs
(1) Each party is to
bear its own costs in a dispute hearing except to the extent that an order
under this section specifies otherwise.
(2) At any time, the
AER may order that a party pay all or a specified part of the costs of another
party in a dispute hearing.
(3) The AER may make
an order under subsection (2) only if satisfied that it is fair to do so,
having regard to—
(a)
whether a party has conducted itself in the dispute hearing in a way that
unnecessarily disadvantaged another party by conduct such as—
(i)
failing to comply with an order or direction of the AER
without reasonable excuse;
(ii)
failing to comply with this Law, the Regulations or the
Rules;
(iii)
asking for an adjournment as a result of
subparagraph (i) or (ii);
(iv)
causing an adjournment;
(v)
attempting to deceive another party or the AER;
(vi)
vexatiously conducting an access dispute;
(b)
whether a party has been responsible for prolonging unreasonably the time
taken to complete the dispute hearing;
(c) the
relative strengths of the claims made by each of the parties, including
whether a party has made a claim that has no tenable basis in fact or law;
(d) the
nature and complexity of the access dispute;
(e) any
other matter the AER considers relevant.
(4) A party to whom an
order made under subsection (2) is directed must comply with the order.
(5) If the AER
considers that the representative of a party, rather than the party, is
responsible for conduct described in subsection (3)(a) or (b), the AER
may order that the representative in his or her own capacity compensate
another party for any costs incurred unnecessarily.
(6) Before making an
order under subsection (5), the AER must give the representative a
reasonable opportunity to be heard.
(7) A representative
of a party to whom an order made under subsection (5) is directed must
comply with the order.
(8) If the AER makes
an order for costs before the end of an access dispute, the AER may require
that the order be complied with before it continues with the proceeding.
(9) If the AER makes
an order for costs, the AER may fix the amount of costs itself.
(10) This section
applies to costs incurred by the parties in a dispute hearing even if the
notification of the access dispute to which the dispute hearing relates is
withdrawn.
148—Outstanding costs are a debt due to party awarded the costs
Costs that are payable under an order under section 147(4) or (7)—
(a) are
a debt due to the party to whom the AER has ordered that they be paid; and
(b) may
be recovered by that party in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Division 7—Joint access dispute hearings
149—Definition
In this Division—
nominated dispute has the meaning given by section 150(2).
150—Joint dispute hearing
(1) This section
applies if—
(a) the
AER is conducting 2 or more dispute hearings at a particular time; and
(b) 1 or
more matters are common to the access disputes in relation to which the
dispute hearings are being conducted.
(2) The AER may, by
notice in writing, decide that it will hold a joint dispute hearing in respect
of such of those access disputes (the nominated disputes ) as are specified in
the notice.
(3) The AER may do so
only if it considers this would be likely to result in the nominated disputes
being resolved in a more efficient and timely manner.
151—Consulting the parties
(1) Before making a
decision under section 150(2), the AER must give each party to each
nominated dispute a notice in writing—
(a)
specifying what the AER is proposing to do; and
(b)
inviting the party to make a written submission on the proposal to the AER
within 10 business days after the notice is given.
(2) The AER must have
regard to any submission so made in deciding whether to do so. The AER may
have regard to any other matter it considers relevant.
152—Constitution and procedure of AER for joint dispute hearings
Division 6 applies to the joint dispute hearing in a corresponding way to the
way in which it applies to a particular dispute hearing.
153—Record of proceedings etc
(1) The AER as
constituted for the purposes of the joint dispute hearing may have regard to
any record of the proceedings of the dispute of any nominated dispute.
(2) The AER as
constituted for the purposes of the dispute hearing of each nominated dispute
may, for the purposes of making an access determination in relation to the
access dispute to which that hearing relates—
(a) have
regard to any record of the proceedings of the joint dispute hearing; and
(b)
adopt any findings of fact made by the AER as constituted for the purposes of
the joint dispute hearing.
Division 8—Miscellaneous matters
154—Correction of access determinations for clerical mistakes etc
If an access determination contains—
(a) a
clerical mistake; or
(b) an
error arising from an accidental slip or omission; or
(c) a
material miscalculation of figures or a material mistake in the description of
any person, thing or matter referred to in the determination; or
(d) a
defect in form,
the AER may correct the access determination.
155—Subsequent network service provider bound by access determinations
(1) An access
determination applies to every subsequent network service provider as if that
subsequent network service provider were a party to the access dispute in
respect of which the access determination was made.
(2) In this
section—
subsequent network service provider means a network service provider (other
than the network service provider to whom the access determination applies)
who provides electricity network services by means of, or in connection with,
the distribution system or transmission system used to provide the electricity
network services—
(a) the
subject of the access dispute; and
(b) in
respect of which the access determination was made.
156—Regulations about the charges to be paid by parties to access
dispute for AER's costs in dispute hearing
The Regulations may provide for the AER to—
(a)
charge the parties to an access dispute for its costs in the access dispute;
and
(b)
apportion those costs between the parties.
Part 11—General
157—Preventing or hindering access
(a) a
regulated network service provider; or
(i)
is a party to an agreement with a regulated network
service provider relating to a regulated network service; or
(ii)
as a result of an access determination is entitled to a
regulated network service; or
(c) an
associate of a regulated network service provider or a person referred to in
paragraph (b),
must not engage in conduct for the purpose of preventing or hindering the
access of another person to a regulated network service.
Note—
Subsection (1) is a civil penalty provision.
(2) For the purposes
of subsection (1), a person is deemed to engage in conduct for a
particular purpose if—
(a) the
conduct is or was engaged in for that purpose or for a purpose that includes,
or included, that purpose; and
(b) that
purpose is or was a substantial purpose.
(3) A person may be
taken to have engaged in conduct for the purpose referred to in
subsection (1) even though, after all the evidence has been considered,
the existence of that purpose is ascertainable only by inference from the
conduct of the person or of any other person or from other relevant
circumstances.
(4)
Subsection (3) does not limit the manner in which the purpose of a person
may be established for the purpose of subsection (1).
(5) In this
section—
(a) a
reference to engaging in conduct is a reference to doing or refusing to do any
act, including refusing to supply a regulated network service or, without
reasonable grounds, limiting or disrupting a regulated network service, or
making, or giving effect to, a provision of, a contract or arrangement,
arriving at, or giving effect to, a provision of, an understanding or
requiring the giving of, or giving, a covenant;
(b) a
reference to refusing to do an act includes a reference to—
(i)
refraining (otherwise than inadvertently) from doing that
act; or
(ii)
making it known that that act will not be done.
(6) In this
section—
regulated network service means a direct control network service or a
negotiated network service.
(7)
Subsection (1) does not apply to conduct engaged in in accordance with an
agreement, if the agreement was in force on 30 March 1995.
Example—
An example of conduct which may be prohibited if the requisite purpose is
established is refusing to supply, or limiting or disrupting the supply of, a
regulated network service to a network service user or prospective network
service user for technical or safety reasons without reasonable grounds.
158—Failure to make a decision under this Law or the Rules within time
does not invalidate the decision
(1) A decision
(however described) made under this Law or the Rules by the AER, AEMC or AEMO
after the expiry of the period of time specified by this Law or the Rules for
the making of that decision is not to be taken to be an invalid decision only
because the decision is not made within the specified period of time.
(2) A decision to
which subsection (1) applies takes effect on and from—
(a) the
day it is made; or
(b) if
it specifies a date for operation or effect that is after the day it is made,
that specified date.
159—Penalty privilege
If an individual has a privilege against self-exposure to a penalty, other
than for a criminal offence, the individual is not excused from doing any of
the following on that ground:
(a)
providing information under this Law, the Regulations or the Rules;
(b)
producing a document under this Law, the Regulations or the Rules;
(c)
providing evidence under this Law, the Regulations or the Rules;
(d)
answering a question under this Law, the Regulations or the Rules.
160—Court may grant relief from liability
If in any proceedings under this Law in which a person, other than a body
corporate, may be liable for an offence or a civil penalty it appears to the
Court that the person acted honestly and reasonably and, having regard to all
the circumstances of the case, ought fairly to be excused, the Court may
relieve the person either wholly or partly from liability on such terms as the
Court thinks fit.